Document:

Clear Channel Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 Exhibit 4.1 
 Clear Channel Nonqualified Deferred 
 Compensation Plan 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
			
	 ARTICLE I
	  	PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE	  	2
			
	 ARTICLE II
	  	DEFINITIONS	  	3
			
	 ARTICLE III
	  	ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION	  	9
			
	 ARTICLE IV
	  	MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS AND PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS	  	10
			
	 ARTICLE V
	  	MAINTENANCE AND INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS	  	15
			
	 ARTICLE VI
	  	DISTRIBUTIONS AND WITHDRAWALS	  	18
			
	 ARTICLE VII
	  	BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION	  	21
			
	 ARTICLE VIII
	  	AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN	  	22
			
	 ARTICLE IX
	  	NATURE OF CC MEDIA’S OBLIGATION	  	23
			
	 ARTICLE X
	  	ADMINISTRATION	  	24
			
	 ARTICLE XI
	  	CLAIMS PROCEDURE	  	26
			
	 ARTICLE XII
	  	MISCELLANEOUS	  	27

 CLEAR CHANNEL 
 NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN 
 WHEREAS, Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the
“Company”) has previously adopted the Clear Channel Communications, Inc. Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Original Plan”) to provide the opportunity for a select group of management or highly compensated employees to
defer compensation; and 
 WHEREAS, the Original Plan had previously been amended and restated to comply with the requirements of new
section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), as amended by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004; and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Original Plan, upon a change in control of the Company all participants with an Account under the Plan were to be fully vested and receive a lump sum payment following the change in control at
which point the Original Plan was to terminate; and 
 WHEREAS, such a change in control occurred as a result of the merger of the
Company with a wholly-owned subsidiary of CC Media Holdings, Inc. (“CC Media”), with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation and becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of CC Media (the “Merger”); and 
 WHEREAS, it is the Company’s intent to implement, and it is CC Media’s intention to adopt, the Clear Channel Nonqualified Deferred
Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) upon the change in control caused by the Merger; and 
 WHEREAS, the creation of a new Plan
following the termination of the Original Plan is permitted under final regulations promulgated under Section 409A of the Code since termination of the Original Plan is as a result of the change in control of the Company; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, this Agreement is entered into in order to set forth the terms of the Clear Channel Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan as
follows: 
  

 Page 1 

 ARTICLE I 
 PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE 
 Section 1.01. 
 Title. This Plan shall be known as the Clear Channel Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”).

 Section 1.02. 
 Purpose. The
purpose of the Plan is to aid CC Media, Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and its affiliates and subsidiaries in retaining and attracting executive Employees and members of the Board and the CC Media Board by providing them with tax deferred
savings opportunities. The Plan provides Board members and a select group of management or highly compensated employees of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. with the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of specified portions of compensation, and
to have these deferred amounts treated as if invested in specified hypothetical investment benchmarks. It is the intention of CC Media that the Plan meet all of the requirements necessary to qualify as a nonqualified, unfunded, unsecured plan of
deferred compensation within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1), and all Plan provisions shall be interpreted accordingly. 
 Section 1.03. 
 Effective Date. The effective date of this Plan is the first business day following the merger of the
Company with a subsidiary of CC Media, a corporation formed by private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, LP. 
  

 Page 2 

 ARTICLE II 
 DEFINITIONS 
 For the purposes of this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings
indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise: 
 Section 2.01. 
 Administrative Committee. “Administrative Committee” means the Clear Channel Communications, Inc. Retirement Benefits Committee, or such
other committee as appointed by the CC Media Board to administer the Plan. 
 Section 2.02. 
 Base Salary and Commission. “Base Salary and Commission” means all cash compensation other than Bonuses paid by the Company to or for the
benefit of a Participant for services rendered or labor performed while a Participant, including but not limited to base salary and commission, and includes such cash compensation a Participant could have received in lieu of Deferrals hereunder and
Employee contributions made on the Participant’s behalf to any qualified plan maintained by the Company or to any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company under Section 125 of the Code; provided, however, that “Base Salary and
Commission” shall not include any amounts paid to a Participant as severance under any Company severance agreement, plan or policy or amounts of cash compensation earned prior to the Participant’s Termination of Employment but paid to a
Participant more than 30 days following such Participant’s Termination of Employment or Retirement. 
 Section 2.03. 
 Beneficiary. “Beneficiary” means the person, persons or entity designated by a Participant, pursuant to Article VII hereof, to
receive such payments as may become payable hereunder after the death of the Participant. 
 Section 2.04. 
 Board. “Board” means the Board of Directors of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 
 Section 2.05. 
 Bonus or Bonuses.
“Bonus” or “Bonuses” means the cash compensation paid by the Company to or for the benefit of a Participant for services rendered or labor performed while a Participant under a bonus arrangement, increased by Deferrals hereunder
and Employee contributions made on his or her behalf to any qualified plan maintained by the Company or to any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company under Section 125 of the Code excluding amounts paid more than 30 days following Termination
of Employment or Retirement. 
  

 Page 3 

 Section 2.06. 
 CC Media. “CC Media” means CC Media Holdings, Inc., or any successor entity by operation of law or affirmative assumption of the Plan, any trust created by CC Media for purposes of meeting CC Media’s obligations
hereunder, and the obligations of CC Media with respect to the Plan. 
 Section 2.07. 
 CC Media Board. “CC Media Board” means the Board of Directors of CC Media. 
 Section 2.08 
 Change in Control. For purposes of this Plan, a “Change in Control”
means any change in control as determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and any guidance or regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 Section 2.09. 
 Code. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. References to any provision
of the Code or regulation (including a proposed regulation) thereunder shall include any successor provisions or regulations. 
 Section 2.10.

 Company. “Company” means Clear Channel Communications, Inc., and any subsidiary or affiliated companies or entities
authorized by the CC Media Board or the Administrative Committee to participate in the Plan. 
 Section 2.11. 
 Deferral Account. “Deferral Account” means the record of a Participant’s interest in this Plan represented by Deferrals, with all
earnings thereon credited to such Deferrals on behalf of the Participant under the provisions of this Plan, and all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions thereon debited from such Deferrals. 
 Section 2.12. 
 Deferral Period. “Deferral
Period” means the period of time specified by a Participant in a Participation Agreement in accordance with the provisions of the Plan which must elapse prior to a distribution of the Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contribution
Accounts hereunder. 
 Section 2.13. 
 Deferrals. “Deferrals” means those portions of a Participant’s Eligible Compensation which the Participant elects to have withheld on a pre-tax basis from his or her Eligible Compensation and credited to his or her
Deferral Account pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Plan. 
  

 Page 4 

 Section 2.14. 
 Designee. “Designee” means the Company’s senior human resources officers or other individuals to whom the Administrative Committee has delegated the authority to take action under the Plan. Wherever Administrative
Committee is referenced in the Plan, it shall be deemed to also refer to Designee. 
 Section 2.15. 
 Director. “Director” means a nonemployee member of the Board or the CC Media Board. 
 Section 2.16. 
 Director’s Compensation.
“Director’s Compensation” means that cash compensation paid by CC Media or the Company, as applicable, to or for the benefit of a Director for services rendered as a Director. 
 Section 2.17. 
 Director’s Deferral Election
Form. “Director’s Deferral Election Form” means the form established from time to time by the Administrative Committee that a Director completes and submits to effect a Deferral hereunder. 
 Section 2.18. 
 Disability or Disabled.
“Disability” or “Disabled” means a medically determinable physical or mental impairment of the Participant which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least twelve
(12) months and for which the Participant has received income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under the Company’s accident or health plan covering the Participant. 
 Section 2.19. 
 Election Date. “Election
Date” means the date established by the Administrative Committee as the date on or before which an Eligible Employee or Director must complete and submit a valid Participation Agreement or Director’s Deferral Election Form, as the case may
be. The applicable Election Date can be no later than the following: (a) 30 days following the Eligible Employee or Director’s initial eligibility date as described in Section 3.01; provided, that, the election may only apply to
compensation with respect to services performed after the election, or (b) December 15th prior to the next Plan Year if (a) above does not apply. 
 Section 2.20. 
 Eligible Compensation. “Eligible Compensation” means any Base Salary and Commission, Bonus,
and Director’s Compensation, payable to a Participant during a Plan Year. 
  

 Page 5 

 Section 2.21. 
 Eligible Employee. “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan and is a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees at the time of electing to make a Deferral.

 Section 2.22. 
 Employee.
“Employee” means a person who is employed in the capacity of an employee of the Company. 
 Section 2.23. 
 ERISA. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 
 Section 2.24. 
 Hypothetical Investment
Benchmark. “Hypothetical Investment Benchmark” means the phantom investment benchmarks determined by reference to one or more of the investment alternatives designated by a Participant in accordance with Article V of this Plan.
The amount of interest credited on each Valuation Date (or deducted in the case of a loss by the designated investment alternatives) shall equal the interest, dividends, increase or decrease in market value and other earnings or losses that would
have been credited to a Participant’s Deferral or Matching Contribution Account if the amounts in the Deferral or Matching Contribution Account had actually been invested in the designated investment alternative(s). 
 Section 2.25. 
 Identification Date.
“Identification Date” means December 31st of each year. 
 Section 2.26. 
 Key Employee. “Key Employee” means an Employee who is a key employee as defined in Code Section 416(i) without regard to Code
Section 416(i)(5) during the twelve-month period ending on the Identification Date. 
 Section 2.27. 
 Matching Contribution. “Matching Contribution” means the amount of matching contribution, if any, that the Company may make to a
Participant’s Matching Contribution Account pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Plan, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Administrative Committee. 
  

 Page 6 

 Section 2.28. 
 Matching Contribution Account. “Matching Contribution Account” means the record of a Participant’s interest in this Plan represented by the Matching Contributions, with all earnings thereon credited to such Matching
Contributions on behalf of the Participant under the provisions of this Plan, and all losses, expenses, withdrawals and distributions thereon debited from such Matching Contributions. 
 Section 2.29. 
 Participant. “Participant” means any Eligible Employee or Director who
has elected to participate by properly submitting a completed Participation Agreement or Director’s Deferral Election Form as provided in Article IV of the Plan. An individual will remain a Participant until the distribution of the entire
balance, if any, of such Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contribution Account(s), even if such Participant is no longer an Eligible Employee or Director and cannot make future Deferrals. 
 Section 2.30. 
 Participation Agreement.
“Participation Agreement” means an Eligible Employee’s election, made in accordance with procedures established by the Administrative Committee, to effect a Deferral hereunder. 
 Section 2.31. 
 Plan Year. “Plan Year”
means a twelve-month period beginning January 1 and ending the following December 31. 
 Section 2.32. 
 Retirement. In the case of an Eligible Employee, “Retirement” means the Termination of Employment of a Participant from the employ or
service of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates in accordance with the terms of the applicable Company retirement plan, or if a Participant is not covered by such a plan, the Participant’s Termination of Employment on or after
the earliest to occur of the following: 
  

	 	(a)	the attainment by the Participant of age 65, or 

  

	 	(b)	the attainment by the Participant of age 55 and ten years of service (in accordance with the method of determining years of service adopted by the Company).

 In the case of a Director, “Retirement” means the termination of a Director’s service as a member of the Board or the CC
Media Board, as applicable. 
  

 Page 7 

 Section 2.33. 
 Specific Year Deferral. “Specific Year Deferral” means a Deferral or Matching Contribution which has a Deferral Period of a specific number of full calendar years equal to or greater than three (3) as elected by a
Participant in accordance with a Participation Agreement or a Director’s Deferral Election Form. 
 Section 2.34. 
 Specified Employee. “Specified Employee” means an Employee whose distribution payable as a result of a Termination of Employment or
Retirement, may not be paid for a period of six (6) months following such Termination of Employment or Retirement (or, if earlier, the date of the Employee’s death) as required in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. An Employee
will be a Specified Employee whose distribution is so restricted for the twelve (12) month period beginning on April 1 of any year and ending on March 31 of the following year if such Employee was a Key Employee on the Identification
Date (December 31) preceding the beginning of each such twelve month period. 
 Section 2.35. 
 Termination of Employment. “Termination of Employment” means the cessation of a Participant’s services as an Employee of the
Company, or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, for any reason other than Retirement; provided, however, that transfer of employment from the Company, or from one affiliate or subsidiary of the Company, to another affiliate or subsidiary of the
Company, or to the Company, will not constitute a Termination of Employment for purposes of this Plan. For purposes of this Plan, a Disabled Participant shall be deemed to have terminated employment. 
 Section 2.36. 
 Valuation Date. “Valuation
Date” means each business day of the Plan Year. 
  

 Page 8 

 ARTICLE III 
 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION 
 Section 3.01. 
 Initial Eligibility. Participation in the Plan shall be limited to executives who meet such eligibility criteria as the Administrative Committee
shall establish from time to time, provided, however, that all Participants must be a member of a select group of management or highly compensated Employees or a Director. Such an Eligible Employee or Director shall be eligible to participate in the
Plan as of his or her initial eligibility date as described below: 
  

	 	(a)	An Eligible Employee’s initial eligibility date shall be the first of the month coinciding with or next following three months of employment. 

  

	 	(b)	A Director’s initial eligibility date shall be the first of the month coinciding with or next following three months after election or appointment as a new Director.

 Section 3.02. 
 Participation. Each Eligible Employee or Director may elect to participate in this Plan by completing and submitting a Participation Agreement or Director’s Deferral Election Form, as applicable, no later than the applicable
Election Date. Separate elections are to be made with respect to each Plan Year. 
 An Employee who ceases to be an Eligible Employee or a
Director who ceases to be a Director for a Plan Year and who again becomes an Eligible Employee or a Director shall recommence participation in the Plan in accordance with this Section 3.01(a) following submission of a new Participation
Agreement or Director’s Deferral Election Form as applicable, in the case of an Employee or Director who has not been an active Participant in the Plan for at least 24 months, or the first day of the following Plan Year in all other cases.

  

 Page 9 

 ARTICLE IV 
 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS AND PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS 
 Section 4.01. 
 Matching Contribution. Matching Contributions may be made at the sole discretion of the Administrative Committee. Any Matching
Contribution approved by the Administrative Committee will be credited to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account as soon as administratively feasible after the end of the Plan Year to which the Matching Contribution relates. The amount
of any Matching Contribution shall be at the sole and absolute discretion of the Administrative Committee, and may be equal to the matching contribution the Company would have made to a qualified Company defined contribution plan based on the
Participant’s eligible compensation (as defined by the qualified Company defined contribution plan, but for the full plan year and without reduction for the Participant’s Deferrals under this Plan), if the Participant made a contribution
to such defined contribution plan in the amount of 5% of the Participant’s eligible compensation (as defined by the qualified Company defined contribution plan, but for the full plan year and without reduction for the Participant’s
Deferrals under this Plan), less the amount equal to the Company’s actual matching contribution to the qualified Company defined contribution plan for such plan year. Matching Contributions will be made only to the extent that the
Participant’s pre-tax contributions to a qualified Company defined contribution plan equal or exceed the maximum percentage permitted of eligible compensation (as defined by the qualified Company defined contribution plan). 

 Section 4.02. 
 Deferral
Election. 
  

	 	(a)	An Eligible Employee or Director may make an irrevocable election to defer a portion of such person’s Eligible Compensation for a Plan Year for a Deferral Period elected by
such Eligible Employee or Director. An Eligible Employee or Director who desires to make a Deferral will complete and submit a Participation Agreement or Director’s Deferral Election Form, as the case may be, by the Election Date pursuant to
procedures specified by the Administrative Committee (1) specifying the applicable percentages of Eligible Compensation to be deferred, the date as of which the amounts to be deferred will become payable unless otherwise provided in the Plan,
and the form in which the payments of the Deferrals are to be made, and (2) authorizing such Eligible Employee’s or Director’s Eligible Compensation payable for a Plan Year to be reduced and deferred hereunder.

  

	 	(b)	A Participant may defer Eligible Compensation for any Plan Year under subsection (a) hereof, in an amount expressed as whole percentages of his or her Base Salary and
Commission, Bonus and Director’s Compensation as follows: 

  

	 	(1)	Base Salary and Commission: not less than 1% nor more than 50%; 

  

 Page 10 

	 	(2)	Bonus: not less than 1% nor more than 80%; and 

  

	 	(3)	Director’s Compensation: up to 100% but not less than 1%; 

 provided, however, that the Administrative Committee may, without amending this Plan, determine that the maximum applicable percentages will be greater or lesser than the percentages set forth herein. 
  

	 	(c)	Time of Payment Election. The time of payment of a Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contributions shall be determined in accordance with the Participant’s election made
pursuant to this Section 4.02(c), subject to Section 4.03(a)(2) and Article VI. A Participant may elect Deferral Periods for each Deferral and Matching Contribution, which shall be the earlier to occur of (1) a Specific Year Deferral,
and (2) the period ending upon the Retirement or earlier Termination of Employment of the Participant. Each such Specific Year Deferral must be for a minimum of three (3) full calendar years from the end of the Plan Year in which such a
Specific Year Deferral was made. 

  

	 	(d)	Form of Payment Election. The form of payment of a Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contributions shall be determined in accordance with the Participant’s election made
pursuant to this Section 4.02(d), subject to Section 4.03(a)(3). A Participant may elect to have a Specific Year Deferral distributed in either a cash lump sum or in up to five (5) substantially equal annual cash installments
regardless of the value of the Participant’s account balance as of the date of distribution. A Participant may elect to have a Deferral until Retirement distributed in either a cash lump sum or in up to fifteen (15) substantially equal
annual cash installments; provided, however, a Participant must have an account balance equal to or greater than $25,000 at Termination of Employment. If said account balance is less than $25,000, the distribution will be paid in a single cash lump
sum as soon as practicable following Termination of Employment subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A including any restrictions on distributions to Specified Employees. 

 Section 4.03. 
 Election Procedures. Eligible
Employees or Directors who wish to make a Deferral must do so for each applicable Plan Year in accordance with this Section 4.03 and procedures established under the Plan. 
  

	 	(a)	 With respect to Base Salary and Commissions, Bonuses or Director’s Compensation (as applicable), each Participant shall be required to complete an annual
Deferral election by the Election Date for the 

  

 Page 11 

	 	 
following Plan Year. Such annual election shall specify the amount the Participant wishes to defer as well as the Participant’s election with respect to
time and form of payment, as applicable. In the event that a Participant fails to complete all or part of such Deferral election with respect to a Plan Year, the following provisions shall apply: 

  

	 	(1)	In the event the Participant fails to elect to defer a percentage of his or her Base Salary and Commissions, Bonuses or Director’s Compensation (as applicable) in accordance
with Section 4.02(b), such Participant shall be deemed to have elected to defer no portion of such amounts for the following Plan Year. 

  

	 	(2)	In the event the Participant fails to make an election as to the time of payment in accordance with Section 4.02(c), such Participant shall be deemed to have elected that such
contributions shall be paid at Retirement or earlier Termination of Employment in a lump sum as described in Section 4.02(c). 

  

	 	(3)	In the event the Participant fails to make an election as to form of payment in accordance with Section 4.02(d), such Participant shall be deemed to have elected that such
contributions shall be paid in the form of a lump sum. 

  

	 	(b)	If the Administrative Committee determines that a Participant is no longer eligible for participation in the Plan during a Plan Year: 

  

	 	(1)	Such Participant’s future Deferrals will continue for the remainder of that Plan Year but will cease thereafter until the Participant again becomes an eligible Participant; and

  

	 	(2)	There will be no acceleration of the distribution of such a Participant’s vested account balance as a result of cessation of eligibility to participate.

  

	 	(c)	For purposes of this Article IV, a Participant’s election to defer a portion of his or her Bonus shall apply to the Bonus earned in the following Plan Year and otherwise
payable in the second Plan Year following the year in which the deferral election was made. Consistent with the above, the Administrative Committee may establish rules and procedures governing when a Deferral will be effective and what Compensation
will be deferred by the Deferral, provided that such rules and procedures are not more permissive or inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan and are consistent with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations and
guidance promulgated thereunder. 

  

 Page 12 

 Section 4.04. 
 Modification or Revocation of Election of Deferrals by Participant. Subject to Section 4.05 below, a Participant may not modify or revoke his or her existing Deferral election with respect to the portion of his or her Base
Salary and Commissions, Bonuses or Director’s Compensation (as applicable) for a Plan Year after the Election Date for that Plan Year. 
 Section 4.05. 
 Redeferral Election as to Time or Form of Payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may
extend the Deferral Period, elect another form of payment and/or, subject to Section 4.02(c) and Section 4.02(d), change the number of annual installments (as long as such change does not result in an acceleration of payments as determined
by the Administrative Committee), for previous years’ Deferrals and Matching Contributions, subject to the following: 
  

	 	(a)	An amended Participation Agreement or Director’s Deferral Election Form, as the case may be, is completed and submitted at least twelve (12) months before the initial
Deferral Period (as in effect before such amendment) ends and does not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made. 

  

	 	(b)	A Participant may make only one such redeferral election with respect to each Deferral Period elected by a Participant. 

  

	 	(c)	The revised distribution date may be no less than five (5) full calendar years from the date such payment otherwise would have been paid. 

  

	 	(d)	A Participant may make an election with respect to his or her Specific Year Deferral Election to extend the Deferral period until a later date; provided, that, such election is made
in accordance with paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 4.05. An election to defer until Retirement or earlier Termination of Employment may not be changed pursuant to this Section 4.05. 

  

	 	(e)	A Participant may not change an existing election as to form of payment from an installment form of payment to a lump sum form of payment. A Participant may change an existing
election as to form of payment from a lump sum form of payment to an installment form of payment; provided, that, such election is made in accordance with paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 4.05. 

  

	 	(f)	Under no circumstances may a Participant’s Participation Agreement or Director’s Deferral Election Form be made, modified or revoked retroactively, nor may a Deferral
Period be shortened or reduced or result in a prohibited acceleration of payments as determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and the guidance and regulations promulgated thereunder. 

  

	 	(g)	 A former Participant’s rehire by the Company shall not result in a cancellation of any previous distribution election and, in the event such 

  

 Page 13 

	 	 
Participant is receiving a distribution from the Plan at his or her date of rehire, or is scheduled to begin receiving a distribution in accordance with a
prior Retirement distribution election, such Participant shall continue to receive or will start receiving those amounts in accordance with his or her previous election and may not change such election. 

 Section 4.06. 
 Vesting of Deferral and Matching
Contribution Accounts. A Participant shall be 100% vested at all times in his or her Deferrals and any gains and losses thereto by application of the designated Hypothetical Investment Benchmark, and shall vest as to Matching Contributions, if
any, in increments of 20% per year during the first five (5) years of service with the Company (as determined in accordance with the elapsed time service crediting provisions under Treasury Reg. §1.410(a)-7), commencing with a
Participant’s date of hire by the Company. 
 All Matching Contributions, if any, shall become fully vested upon a Participant’s
Termination of Employment due to the Participant’s death or Disability or upon a Participant’s Retirement. 
 In the event that a
Participant's Termination of Employment occurs for any other reason prior to the date he is vested in his or her Matching Contribution Account, the balance in that account shall be forfeited and shall be used to reduce future Matching Contributions.

  

 Page 14 

 ARTICLE V 
 MAINTENANCE AND INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS 
 Section 5.01. 
 Deferral Accounts. A Participant’s Deferrals hereunder shall be credited by the Administrative Committee to the Participant’s Deferral
Account, as the case may be, on or before the 15th business day following the date on which the Participant’s Eligible Compensation would otherwise have been paid to the Participant had it not been deferred. All amounts credited to a
Participant’s Deferral Account will be treated as a reduction of Eligible Compensation otherwise payable to such Participant. Distributions and withdrawals pursuant to Article VI shall be debited against a Participant’s Deferral
Account. 
 Section 5.02. 
 Matching
Contribution Accounts. Any Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Participant shall be credited to the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account in accordance with procedures established by the Administrative Committee. 
 Section 5.03. 
 Maintenance of Accounts. Separate
Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts shall be maintained for each Participant, and more than one Deferral and Matching Contribution Account may be maintained for a Participant, as deemed necessary by the Administrative Committee for
administrative purposes. A Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to the Participant pursuant to this Plan, and shall not
constitute or be treated as a trust fund of any kind. The Administrative Committee shall determine the balance of each Deferral and Matching Contribution Account, as of each Valuation Date, by adjusting the balance of such Deferral and Matching
Contribution Account as of each Valuation Date to reflect changes in the value of the Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks thereof, credits and debits pursuant to this Article V, and distributions pursuant to Article VI hereof. 

Section 5.04. 
 Valuation of Accounts. The
Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts are bookkeeping accounts, the value of which shall be based upon the performance of Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks designated by the Participant from a group of Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks
selected by the Administrative Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. Any and all dividends, interest and other distributions paid with respect to a Hypothetical Investment Benchmark will be deemed to be immediately reinvested in such
Hypothetical Investment Benchmark. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Plan place no obligation upon CC Media to invest or to continue to invest any portion of the amounts in the Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contribution
Accounts, to invest in or to continue to invest in any specific asset, to liquidate any particular investment, or to apply in any specific manner the proceeds from the 

  

 Page 15 

 
sale, liquidation, or maturity of any particular investment on a pre-tax basis. It is understood and agreed that CC Media assumes no risk of any decrease in
the value of any investments or the Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts, and CC Media’s sole obligations are to maintain the Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts and make payments to the
Participant as herein provided. 
 Section 5.05. 
 Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks. 
  

	 	(a)	Each Participant shall be entitled to direct the manner in which his or her Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts will be deemed to be invested, by selecting from among the
Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks designated by the Administrative Committee in its sole and absolute discretion from time to time and specified in the Participant Agreement or the Director’s Deferral Election Form, as the case may be, in
accordance with such rules, regulations and procedures as the Administrative Committee may establish from time to time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, earnings and losses based on a Participant’s Hypothetical Investment
Benchmarks investment elections shall begin to accrue as of the date such Participant’s Deferrals and Matching Contributions are credited to his or her Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts. A designation of Hypothetical Investment
Benchmarks shall continue in effect unless and until amended with the submission of a new designation in accordance with Section 5.05(b) herein. Each successive designation of Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks for a Participant’s Deferral
and Matching Contribution Accounts established in any particular Plan Year may be applicable to either future contributions to or the cumulative balance of a Deferral Account balance, or to both, at the election of the Participant.

  

	 	(b)	Amounts deferred into a Deferral Account or credited to a Matching Contribution Account may be transferred among Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks pursuant to an allocation
election which may be made daily. Such allocation election shall be made in accordance with procedures established under the Plan and shall be effective as of the date determined in accordance with such procedures. 

  

	 	(c)	Credits to a Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts in accordance with this Article V shall continue until the Deferral and Matching Contribution
Account balances are paid in full to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary; provided, however, that no credits will be allocated to a Participant’s Matching Contribution Account following the date a Participant terminates
employment with the Company. 

  

 Page 16 

 Section 5.06. 
 Statement of Accounts. The Administrative Committee shall provide periodically to each Participant a statement setting forth the balance of such Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts as of the end of the most
recently completed accounting period, in such form as the Administrative Committee deems desirable. 
  

 Page 17 

 ARTICLE VI 
 DISTRIBUTIONS AND WITHDRAWALS 
 Section 6.01. 
 Time and Form of Payment. Subject to the end of the Deferral Period for each Deferral and Matching Contribution Account, CC Media shall pay to the
Participant the balance of such Deferral and Matching Contribution Account at the time or times elected by the Participant in the applicable Participation Agreement or Directors’ Deferral Election form; provided, however, that if the
Participant has elected to receive payments from a Deferral or Matching Contribution Account in a lump sum, CC Media shall pay the balance in such Deferral or Matching Contribution Account (determined as of the Valuation Date) in a lump sum in cash,
on or about fifteen (15) days after the end of the Deferral Period. If the Participant has elected to receive payments from a Deferral or Matching Contribution Account in installments, CC Media shall make annual payments in cash from such
Deferral or Matching Contribution Account, each of which shall consist of an amount equal to (i) the balance of such Deferral or Matching Contribution Account as of the Valuation Date preceding the payment date, times (ii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the number of remaining installments (including the installment being paid). The first such installment shall be paid, on or about fifteen (15) days after the end of the Deferral Period
and each subsequent installment shall be paid on or about the anniversary of such first payment. Each such installment shall be deemed to be made on a pro rata basis from each of the different Hypothetical Investment Benchmarks for the Deferral or
Matching Contribution Account (if there is more than one such Hypothetical Investment Benchmark). 
 Section 6.02. 
 Retirement. Subject to Section 4.02(d), and Section 6.01, and Section 6.06 hereof, if a Participant has elected to have the balance
of his or her Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts distributed upon Retirement, the balance of such accounts (determined as of the Valuation Date preceding such Retirement and including only vested Matching Contributions) shall be distributed
on or before January 15th of the calendar year following the year of the Participant’s Retirement, in equal annual installments or a lump sum as elected by the Participant in the Participation Agreement or Directors’ Deferral Election
Form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, neither CC Media nor a trust established under Section 9.02 shall commence payment of the amount determined in accordance with the preceding sentence prior to the
expiration of six completed calendar months following the Participant’s Termination of Employment. 
 Section 6.03. 
 Specific Year Distributions. Subject to Section 6.01, Section 6.06 and Section 4.02(d) hereof, if a Participant has elected to defer
Specific Year Deferrals under the Plan for a stated number of years, the Specific Year Deferral Account balance of the Participant (determined as of 

  

 Page 18 

 
the Valuation Date preceding the end of such Deferral Period) shall be distributed in equal annual installments or a lump sum (as elected by the Participant
in the Participant Agreement or Directors’ Deferral Election Form) on or before January 15th of the calendar year following the end of the Deferral Period elected in the Participant Agreement or Directors’ Deferral Election Form. In
the event of the Retirement of a Participant who is then receiving a Specific Year Deferral distribution as provided herein, such installment payments shall continue for such period of time as originally elected by the Participant in the
Participant’s Agreement or Directors’ Deferral Election Form. In the event of a Participant’s Retirement before the commencement of a Specific Year Deferral and Matching Contribution distribution as provided herein, then such Deferral
and Matching Contributions shall be paid upon the Retirement of the Participant, in the same form as the Participant has elected for distribution of such Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts upon Retirement. 
 Section 6.04. 
 Termination of Employment Other Than
Retirement. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.01, Section 6.01 and Section 6.02 hereof and any Participation Agreement, in the event of a Participant’s Termination of Employment prior to receiving full payment of
his or her Deferral and Matching Accounts, CC Media shall pay the balance of the Deferral and Matching Accounts, if any, (determined as of the Valuation Date applicable to such event and including only vested Matching Contributions) in a lump sum in
cash to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (as the case may be) within 60 days following the occurrence of such Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant is a Specified Employee,
neither CC Media nor a trust established under Section 9.02 shall commence payment of the amount determined in accordance with the preceding sentence prior to the expiration of six completed calendar months following the Participant’s
Termination of Employment. 
 Section 6.05. 
 Death of a Participant Subsequent to Commencement of Distribution Payments. In the event of the death of a Participant subsequent to the commencement of distribution payments hereunder but prior to completion of such payments, the
remaining balance, if any, of the Participant’s Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts shall be paid to the Beneficiary in a lump sum within 60 days following the Participant’s death. 
 Section 6.06. 
 Distributions to “Covered
Employees”. If any distribution or withdrawal under the Plan from a Deferral or Matching Contribution Account will result in any portion of the distribution or withdrawal (or any other amount paid by the Company or CC Media to such
Participant during the same Plan Year) not being deductible by reason of Code Section 162(m), then such distribution or withdrawal shall be deferred until the earlier to occur of (a) the calendar year following the Participant’s year
of Termination of Employment or Retirement or (b) the first calendar year in which such Participant is no longer a “covered employee” as defined by Section 162(m) of the Code. 
  

 Page 19 

 Section 6.07. 
 Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall be binding upon any assigns and any successor in interest to CC Media which succeeds to substantially all of its assets and business
through the Change in Control. 
 In the event of a Change in Control, any Participant employed on the date of a Change in Control or who is
a Director as of such date shall become fully vested in all amounts credited to his or her Matching Contribution Account as of the date of such Change in Control, and any and all Participation Agreements or Directors’ Election Forms shall
cease. For Participants who still have an account balance but are not employed on the date of a Change in Control or who are no longer Directors as of such date, the vesting percentage for all amounts credited to their Matching Contribution Accounts
will be determined in accordance with the vesting provisions in effect at their date of termination or the date their status as a Director ended. 
 In the event of a Change in Control, the Plan and all substantially similar arrangements shall terminate upon such Change in Control and all of the Participants’ vested account balances (including the vested account balances of former
Participants and Directors) shall be paid to the Participants in a single lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following such termination, but in any event, no later than six (6) weeks of the date all such arrangements are terminated
as permitted under Code Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 Section 6.08. 
 Hardship Withdrawals while Employed by the Company. A Participant who has an unforeseeable emergency, as determined by the Administrative
Committee, may withdraw from his or her Deferral Account an amount not to exceed the lesser of: 
  

	 	(a)	the then value of his or her vested Deferral Account balance as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the withdrawal, or 

  

	 	(b)	such lesser amount determined by the Administrative Committee under standards established by the Administrative Committee. 

 For purposes of this Section 6.08, “unforeseeable emergency” means a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of
the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances
arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. A withdrawal based on an unforeseeable emergency pursuant to this Section 6.08 shall not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such emergency, plus amounts necessary to pay
taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution after taking into account the extent to which such unforeseeable emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the
Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship). The determination of the existence of a Participant’s unforeseeable emergency and the amount required to be distributed
to meet the need created by the unforeseeable emergency shall be made by the Administrative Committee. 
  

 Page 20 

 ARTICLE VII 
 BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION 
 Section 7.01. 
 Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant shall designate a Beneficiary to receive benefits under the Plan. A Beneficiary designation shall be made
by the Participant by filing a designation with the Administrative Committee, in such form and in accordance with such procedures as the Administrative Committee shall establish from time to time. If more than one Beneficiary is designated, the
share and/or precedence of each Beneficiary shall be indicated. A Participant shall have the right to change the Beneficiary designation at any time by submitting a new designation to the Administrative Committee. 
 Section 7.02. 
 Proper Beneficiary. If the
Administrative Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments hereunder, the Administrative Committee shall have the right to withhold such payments until the matter is finally adjudicated by a court of competent
jurisdiction. However, any payments made by the Administrative Committee, in good faith and in accordance with this Plan, shall fully discharge CC Media from all further obligations with respect to that payment. 
 Section 7.03. 
 Minor or Incompetent Beneficiary.
In making any payments to or for the benefit of any minor or an incompetent Beneficiary, the Administrative Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may make a distribution to a legal or natural guardian or other relative of a minor or court
appointed committee of such incompetent. Alternatively, it may make a payment to any adult with whom the minor or incompetent temporarily or permanently resides. The receipt by a guardian, committee, relative or other person shall be a complete
discharge to CC Media. Neither CC Media nor the Administrative Committee shall have any responsibility to see to the proper application of any payments so made. 
 Section 7.04. 
 No Beneficiary Designation. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided
in Section 7.01, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits hereunder, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the
Participant’s estate. 
  

 Page 21 

 ARTICLE VIII 
 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN 
 Section 8.01. 
 Amendment. The CC Media Board reserves the right to amend this Plan from time to time in whole or in part; provided, however, that no such
amendment may reduce, or relieve CC Media of any obligation with respect to the balance of any Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts maintained under this Plan as accrued at the time of such amendment, nor shall any amendment otherwise have a
retroactive effect, without the written consent of the affected Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be. 
 Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, the Retirement Benefits Committee appointed to administer the qualified plans of the Company, or the duly appointed delegate of such committee, may approve amendments to the Plan, with or without prior approval or subsequent
ratification by the CC Media Board, if the amendment: 
  

	 	(a)	does not significantly change the benefits provided under the Plan (except as required for compliance with Code Section 409A and any regulations or guidance promulgated
thereunder and for compliance with any other change in the applicable law); and 

  

	 	(b)	does not significantly increase costs of the Plan. 

 Section 8.02.

 Termination. The CC Media Board may at any time terminate the Plan with respect to future Participation Agreements or
Directors’ Deferral Election Forms. The CC Media Board may also terminate the Plan in its entirety at any time for any reason, including without limitation if, in its judgment, the continuance of the Plan, the tax, accounting, or other effects
thereof, or potential payments thereunder would not be in the best interests of the Company or CC Media. 
  

 Page 22 

 ARTICLE IX 
 NATURE OF CC MEDIA’S OBLIGATION 
 Section 9.01. 
 CC Media’s Obligation. CC Media’s obligations under this Plan shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay. CC Media shall not be
obligated under any circumstances to fund its financial obligations under this Plan. 
 Section 9.02. 
 Rabbi Trust. In order to meet its contingent obligations hereunder, CC Media may, in its sole and absolute discretion, set aside or earmark funds
in an amount, determined by the Administrative Committee, equal to the total amounts necessary to provide benefits under the Plan. The Administrative Committee may, at is discretion, direct CC Media to establish one or more grantor trusts to provide
for the ultimate payment of CC Media’s obligations under this Plan, but the trust instrument for any such trust must specifically provide that its assets are subject to the claims of CC Media’s creditors. 
 Section 9.03. 
 Creditor Status. Any assets which
CC Media may acquire or set aside to help cover its financial liabilities are and must remain general assets of CC Media subject to the claims of its creditors. Neither CC Media nor this Plan gives a Participant or Beneficiary any beneficial
ownership interest in any asset of CC Media. In the event that CC Media elects to invest funds to pay the Deferral and Matching Contribution Account balances under the terms of this Plan, title to and beneficial ownership of such assets shall at all
times remain with CC Media. No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any property interest in any specific assets of CC Media; such assets shall at all times remain subject to the claims of CC Media’s general creditors. With respect to their
account balances under the Plan, Participants and Beneficiaries shall be unsecured general creditors of CC Media. 
  

 Page 23 

 ARTICLE X 
 ADMINISTRATION 
 Section 10.01. 
 Administrative Committee. This Plan shall be administered by the Administrative Committee. A majority of the members of the Administrative Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.
All resolutions or other actions taken by the Administrative Committee shall be by a vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by an instrument in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Administrative
Committee may participate in a meeting of such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall
constitute presence in person at the meeting and waiver of notice of such meeting. Any resolutions adopted or actions taken at such meetings shall be evidenced in writing. 
 Section 10.02. 
 Administration of the Plan. The Administrative Committee shall be responsible
for the administration of this Plan and shall have all powers necessary to administer this Plan, including discretionary authority to determine eligibility for benefits and to decide claims under the terms of this Plan. Subject to the terms of the
Plan, the Administrative Committee may from time to time establish rules, forms and procedures for the administration of the Plan, and except as herein otherwise expressly provided, it shall have the exclusive right and discretion to interpret the
Plan and to decide any and all matters arising thereunder or in connection with the administration and operation of the Plan. All rules, interpretations, decisions, actions and records of the Administrative Committee regarding or arising in
connection with the administration of the Plan shall be conclusive and binding on CC Media, Participants and Beneficiaries and all persons having or claiming to have any right or interest in or under the Plan, and cannot be overruled by a court of
law unless arbitrary or capricious. 
 Section 10.03. 
 Limitation of Liability. The members of the Administrative Committee and the officers and directors of the Company and CC Media shall be entitled to rely on all certificates and reports made by any duly
appointed accountants and on all opinions given by any duly appointed legal counsel. None of the members of the Administrative Committee, nor any member of the CC Media Board shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or
commission, taken or failed to be taken by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this Plan have been delegated or for anything done or omitted to be done in connection with this Plan.
The Administrative Committee shall keep records of all of their respective proceedings and the Administrative Committee shall keep records of all payments made to Participants or Beneficiaries and payments made for expenses or otherwise. 

 

 Page 24 

 Section 10.04. 
 Indemnification. CC Media shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless each current and former director, officer or employee of the Company or CC Media (including the heirs, executors, administrators and
other personal representatives of such person), and each current and former member of the Administrative Committee against any and all expenses (to the extent not indemnified under any liability insurance contract or other indemnification agreement)
which the person incurs on account of any act or failure to act in connection with the good faith administration of the Plan. Expenses against which such person shall be indemnified hereunder shall include, without limitation, the amount of any
settlement or judgment, costs, counsel fees, and related charges reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or actual suit, action or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature
or otherwise) in which such person may be involved by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving this Plan in any capacity at the request of CC Media, the Company, the CC Media Board, or the Administrative Committee. The foregoing right of
indemnification shall be in addition to any other rights to which any such person may be entitled as a matter of law, but shall be conditioned upon the person’s notifying CC Media or the Company of the claim of liability within 60 days of the
notice of that claim and offering CC Media or the Company the right to participate in and control the settlement and defense of the claim. The foregoing provision will not be applicable to any person if the loss, cost, liability or expense is due to
such person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, or if it affects the person’s own Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts. 
 Section 10.05. 
 Expenses. Any expense incurred by CC Media, the Company or the Administrative Committee relative to the
administration of this Plan shall be borne by CC Media or the Company, as applicable, and may be deducted from the Deferral and Matching Contribution Accounts of the Participants as determined by the Administrative Committee in its sole and absolute
discretion. 
 Section 10.06. 
 FICA and
Other Taxes. Under present Federal income tax laws, no portion of a Participant’s Deferrals will be includable in income for Federal income tax purposes during the Deferral Period. FICA tax withholding, however, may be required currently on
the Deferrals and on the Matching Contribution, if any. For each Plan Year in which a Deferral is being withheld, the Company shall withhold from that portion of the Participant’s compensation which is not being deferred, the Participant’s
share of FICA and any other taxes as required. When any part of the Deferral or Matching Contribution Account is actually paid to a Participant, such portion shall be includable in the Participant’s income and Federal, state and local income
tax withholding will be withheld as required. 
  

 Page 25 

 ARTICLE XI 
 CLAIMS PROCEDURE 
 Section 11.01. 
 Written Claim. Benefits shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. If a Participant or Beneficiary makes a written request alleging a right to receive payments under this Plan or alleging a
right to receive an adjustment in benefits being paid under this Plan, such actions shall be treated as a claim for benefits. All claims for benefits under this Plan shall be mailed or delivered to the Administrative Committee. 
 Section 11.02. 
 Denied Claim. If the
Administrative Committee determines that any individual who has claimed a right to receive benefits, or different benefits, under this Plan is not entitled to receive all or any part of the benefits claimed, the Administrative Committee shall inform
the claimant in writing of such determination and the reasons therefor in terms calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notice shall be sent within 90 days of the claim unless the Administrative Committee determines that additional time,
not exceeding 90 days, is needed and so notifies the Participant. The notice shall make specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, and shall describe any additional material or information that is necessary.
Such notice shall, in addition, inform the claimant of the procedure that the claimant should follow to take advantage of the review procedures set forth below in the event the claimant desires to contest the denial of the claim. 
 Section 11.03. 
 Review Procedure. The claimant
may, within 90 days after the denial of a claim submitted hereunder, submit in writing to the Administrative Committee a notice that the claimant contests the denial of his or her claim and desires a further review by the Administrative Committee.
The Administrative Committee shall authorize the claimant to review pertinent documents and submit issues and comments relating to the claim to the Administrative Committee, and shall review the claim at its next regularly scheduled meeting.

 Section 11.04. 
 Administrative
Committee Review. The Administrative Committee will render a final decision on behalf of CC Media on a claim submitted hereunder and contested with specific reasons therefor in writing and will transmit it to the claimant within 60 days of the
next regularly scheduled Administrative Committee meeting following written request for review, unless the Chairperson of the Administrative Committee determines that additional time, not exceeding 60 days, is needed, and so notifies the
Participant. 
  

 Page 26 

 ARTICLE XII 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 12.01. 
 Nonassignability. Except as specifically set forth in the Plan with respect to the designation of Beneficiaries, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign,
transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be
unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other
person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency. 
 Section 12.02. 
 Validity and Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Plan shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect, and any prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction, shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any
other jurisdiction. 
 Section 12.03. 
 Governing Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to principles of conflict of law, except to the extent
preempted by federal law. 
 Section 12.04. 
 Employment Status. This Plan does not constitute a contract of employment or impose on the Participant or the Company any obligation for the Participant to remain an Employee of the Company or change the status of the
Participant’s employment or the policies of the Company and its affiliates regarding termination of employment. 
 Section 12.05. 
 Underlying Bonus Programs. Nothing in this Plan shall prevent CC Media or the Company from modifying, amending or terminating the compensation or
the bonus programs pursuant to which cash awards are earned and which are deferred under this Plan. 
 Section 12.06. 
 Right to Offset. Any amount owed to CC Media or the Company by a Participant of whatever nature may be offset by CC Media from the value of any
benefit otherwise payable 

  

 Page 27 

 
hereunder, and no benefit hereunder will be distributed to the Participant unless and until all disputes between CC Media and the Participant or the Company
and the Participant have been fully and finally resolved and the Participant has waived all claims against CC Media and the Company in a manner that is acceptable to the Administrative Committee in its sole and unrestricted discretion. 

Section 12.07. 
 Facility of Payment. If a
Participant or Beneficiary is declared an incompetent or is a minor or a conservator, guardian, or other person legally charged with his or her care has been appointed, any benefits to which such Participant or Beneficiary is entitled will be
payable to such conservator, guardian, or other person legally charged with his or her care. The decision of the Administrative Committee in such matters will be final, binding and conclusive upon CC Media and the Company and upon each Participant,
Beneficiary and every other person or party interested or concerned. CC Media, the Company and the Administrative Committee will not be under any duty to see to the proper application of such payments. 
 Section 12.08. 
 Merger. This Plan shall be
binding and enforceable with respect to the obligation of CC Media against CC Media and any successor to CC Media by operation of law or by express assumption of the Plan, and such successor will be substituted hereunder for CC Media. This Plan
shall be binding upon a Participant or Beneficiary and their heirs, executors and administrators. 
 Section 12.09. 
 Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A and shall at
all times be interpreted in accordance with such intent such that amounts deferred hereunder shall not be taxable to Participants until such amounts are paid to Participants in accordance with the terms of the Plan. To the extent that any provision
of the Plan violates Code Section 409A such that amounts would be taxable to a Participant prior to payment, or otherwise subject to penalties, such provision shall be automatically reformed or stricken to preserve the intent hereof.

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CC Media has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this
             day of                     , 2008, effective as of the first
business day following the merger of the Company with a subsidiary of CC Media Holdings, Inc., a corporation formed by private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, LP, except as otherwise specified herein.

  

			
	CC MEDIA HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

  

 Page 28 

			
	ATTEST:
		
	By:	 	  

	Title:	 	  

		
	[Seal]	 	

  

 Page 29Indenture

 Exhibit 4.1 
  
  
  
 INDENTURE 
 Dated as of November 9, 2007

 Among 
 CERIDIAN CORPORATION,

 THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 and 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Trustee 
 12 1/4%/13% SENIOR TOGGLE NOTES DUE 2015 
 11 1/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015 
  
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	   (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	   (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	   (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	   (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	   (b)
	  	7.10
	   (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	   (b)
	  	7.11
	   (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	   (b)
	  	12.03
	   (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	   (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	   (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	   (c)
	  	7.06; 12.02
	   (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03; 12.05
	   (b)
	  	N.A.
	   (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	   (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	   (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	   (d)
	  	N.A.
	   (e)
	  	12.05
	   (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	   (b)
	  	7.05; 12.02
	   (c)
	  	7.01
	   (d)
	  	7.01
	   (e)
	  	6.14
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	   (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	   (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	   (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	   (b)
	  	6.07
	   (c)
	  	2.12; 9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	   (a)(2)
	  	6.12
	   (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	   (b)
	  	N.A.
	   (c)
	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 
  

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		  	ARTICLE 1	  	
			
		  	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  	
			
	 SECTION 1.01.
	  	Definitions	  	1
	 SECTION 1.02.
	  	Other Definitions	  	32
	 SECTION 1.03.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	32
	 SECTION 1.04.
	  	Rules of Construction	  	33
	 SECTION 1.05.
	  	Acts of Holders	  	33
			
		  	ARTICLE 2	  	
			
		  	THE NOTES	  	
			
	 SECTION 2.01.
	  	Form and Dating; Terms	  	35
	 SECTION 2.02.
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	36
	 SECTION 2.03.
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	37
	 SECTION 2.04.
	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	37
	 SECTION 2.05.
	  	Holder Lists	  	38
	 SECTION 2.06.
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	38
	 SECTION 2.07.
	  	Replacement Notes	  	50
	 SECTION 2.08.
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	50
	 SECTION 2.09.
	  	Treasury Notes	  	51
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	Temporary Notes	  	51
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	Cancellation	  	51
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	51
	 SECTION 2.13.
	  	CUSIP/ISIN Numbers	  	52
	 SECTION 2.14.
	  	Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities	  	52
			
		  	ARTICLE 3	  	
			
		  	REDEMPTION	  	
			
	 SECTION 3.01.
	  	Notices to Trustee	  	52
	 SECTION 3.02.
	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	52
	 SECTION 3.03.
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	53
	 SECTION 3.04.
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	54
	 SECTION 3.05.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	54
	 SECTION 3.06.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	54
	 SECTION 3.07.
	  	Optional Redemption	  	55
	 SECTION 3.08.
	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	56
	 SECTION 3.09.
	  	Asset Sale Offer to Purchase	  	56

  

 -i- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		  	ARTICLE 4	  	
			
		  	COVENANTS	  	
			
	 SECTION 4.01.
	  	Payment of Notes	  	58
	 SECTION 4.02.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	59
	 SECTION 4.03.
	  	Reports and Other Information	  	59
	 SECTION 4.04.
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	61
	 SECTION 4.05.
	  	Taxes	  	61
	 SECTION 4.06.
	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	61
	 SECTION 4.07.
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	62
	 SECTION 4.08.
	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	69
	 SECTION 4.09.
	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock	  	70
	 SECTION 4.10.
	  	Asset Sales	  	76
	 SECTION 4.11.
	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	78
	 SECTION 4.12.
	  	Liens	  	80
	 SECTION 4.13.
	  	Corporate Existence	  	80
	 SECTION 4.14.
	  	Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control	  	81
	 SECTION 4.15.
	  	Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries	  	82
	 SECTION 4.16.
	  	Suspension of Covenants	  	83
			
		  	ARTICLE 5	  	
			
		  	SUCCESSORS	  	
			
	 SECTION 5.01.
	  	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets	  	84
	 SECTION 5.02.
	  	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	85
			
		  	ARTICLE 6	  	
			
		  	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	
			
	 SECTION 6.01.
	  	Events of Default	  	86
	 SECTION 6.02.
	  	Acceleration	  	87
	 SECTION 6.03.
	  	Other Remedies	  	88
	 SECTION 6.04.
	  	Waiver of Existing Defaults	  	88
	 SECTION 6.05.
	  	Control by Majority	  	88
	 SECTION 6.06.
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	88
	 SECTION 6.07.
	  	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	89
	 SECTION 6.08.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	89
	 SECTION 6.09.
	  	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	  	89
	 SECTION 6.10.
	  	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	  	89
	 SECTION 6.11.
	  	Delay or Omission Not Waiver	  	89
	 SECTION 6.12.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	90
	 SECTION 6.13.
	  	Priorities	  	90
	 SECTION 6.14.
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	90

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		  	 ARTICLE 7
  
 TRUSTEE
	  	
			
	 SECTION 7.01.
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	91
	 SECTION 7.02.
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	92
	 SECTION 7.03.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	92
	 SECTION 7.04.
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	93
	 SECTION 7.05.
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	93
	 SECTION 7.06.
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	93
	 SECTION 7.07.
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	93
	 SECTION 7.08.
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	94
	 SECTION 7.09.
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	95
	 SECTION 7.10.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	95
	 SECTION 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer	  	95
			
		  	 ARTICLE 8
  
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	
			
	 SECTION 8.01.
	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	95
	 SECTION 8.02.
	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	95
	 SECTION 8.03.
	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	96
	 SECTION 8.04.
	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	97
	 SECTION 8.05.
	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	98
	 SECTION 8.06.
	  	Repayment to Issuer	  	98
	 SECTION 8.07.
	  	Reinstatement	  	98
			
		  	 ARTICLE 9
  
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	
			
	 SECTION 9.01.
	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	99
	 SECTION 9.02.
	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	100
	 SECTION 9.03.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	101
	 SECTION 9.04.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	101
	 SECTION 9.05.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	102
	 SECTION 9.06.
	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	102
	 SECTION 9.07.
	  	Payment for Consent	  	102
			
		  	 ARTICLE 10
  
 GUARANTEES
	  	
			
	 SECTION 10.01.
	  	Guarantee	  	102
	 SECTION 10.02.
	  	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	104
	 SECTION 10.03.
	  	Execution and Delivery	  	104
	 SECTION 10.04.
	  	Subrogation	  	104
	 SECTION 10.05.
	  	Benefits Acknowledged	  	104
	 SECTION 10.06.
	  	Release of Guarantees	  	105

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		  	 ARTICLE 11
  
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	
			
	 SECTION 11.01.
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	105
	 SECTION 11.02.
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	106
			
		  	 ARTICLE 12
  
 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	
			
	 SECTION 12.01.
	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	106
	 SECTION 12.02.
	  	Notices	  	106
	 SECTION 12.03.
	  	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	107
	 SECTION 12.04.
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	108
	 SECTION 12.05.
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	108
	 SECTION 12.06.
	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	108
	 SECTION 12.07.
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	108
	 SECTION 12.08.
	  	Governing Law	  	108
	 SECTION 12.09.
	  	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	108
	 SECTION 12.10.
	  	Force Majeure	  	108
	 SECTION 12.11.
	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	109
	 SECTION 12.12.
	  	Successors	  	109
	 SECTION 12.13.
	  	Severability	  	109
	 SECTION 12.14.
	  	Counterpart Originals	  	109
	 SECTION 12.15.
	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	109

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A-1	  	Form of Senior Note
	Exhibit A-2	  	Form of Senior Toggle Note
	Exhibit B	  	Form of Certificate of Transfer
	Exhibit C	  	Form of Certificate of Exchange
	Exhibit D	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

  

 -iv- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of November 9, 2007, among Ceridian Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the
guarantors party hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee. 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

 WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $825,000,000
aggregate principal amount of 11 1/4% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Initial Senior Cash Pay Notes”) and
$475,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 12 1/4%/13% Senior Toggle Notes due 2015 (the “Initial Senior Toggle
Notes”); and 
 WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the
Notes. 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
 “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the
case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the applicable series of Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect
to any specified Person, 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into
or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
 “Additional Notes” means Additional Senior Cash Pay Notes and Additional Senior Toggle Notes. 
 “Additional Senior Cash Pay Notes” means additional Senior Cash Pay Notes (other than the Initial Senior Cash Pay Notes and other than
the Exchange Notes issued for such Initial Senior Cash Pay Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01(e) hereof. 
 “Additional Senior Toggle Notes” means additional Senior Toggle Notes (other than the Initial Senior Toggle Notes, the Exchange Notes issued for such Initial Senior Toggle Notes and any PIK Notes
issued (and any increase in the aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes) as a result of a PIK payment) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01(e) hereof. 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,”
“controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of
such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar
or Paying Agent. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 

(a) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; and 
 (b) the excess, if any, of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (I) the redemption price of such Note at
November 15, 2011 (such redemption price being set forth in the applicable table set forth in Section 3.07(b)), plus (II) all required interest payments (calculated based on the cash interest rate) due on such Note through
November 15, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (B) the principal amount of such Note
on such Redemption Date. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for
beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a
“disposition”); or 
 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, whether in a
single transaction or a series of related transactions; 
 in each case, other than: 
 (a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or securities constituting Customer Funds or obsolete or worn out
property or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale in the ordinary course of business; 
 (b)
the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to
this Indenture; 
 (c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made,
in accordance with Section 4.07 hereof; 
  

 -2- 

 (d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of a Restricted
Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value of less than $25.0 million; 
 (e)
any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
 (f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot
thereon) for use in a Similar Business; 
 (g) the sale, lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (i) foreclosures on assets; 
 (j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility; 
 (k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date,
including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture, and the St. Petersburg Sale and Leaseback; 
 (l) sales of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; 
 (m) transfers of property subject to casualty or condemnation proceedings (including in lieu thereof) upon the receipt of the net cash proceeds therefor; provided such net cash proceeds are deemed to be Net Proceeds and are applied
in accordance with Section 4.10(b) hereof; 
 (n) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course
of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and 
 (o) voluntary terminations of Hedging Obligations. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 
 “Capital
Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock; 
  

 -3- 

 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership
interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to
receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease
Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet
(excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States dollars or Canadian dollars; 
 (2)(a) euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or 
 (b) in the case of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by them from time to time in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or
any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 
 (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition,
bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the
U.S. Dollar Equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks; 
 (5) repurchase obligations for
underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 
 (6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the
date of creation thereof; 
 (7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or
A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency), and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date
of creation thereof, and institutional money market funds registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; 
 (8) readily
marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24
months or less from the date of acquisition; 
  

 -4- 

 (9) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or
higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 
 (10) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s; and

 (11) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through
(10) above. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing,(x) Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set
forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of
such amounts and (y) Cash Equivalents shall not include Customer Funds. 
 “Cash Interest” means, with respect to the
Senior Toggle Notes, the portion of interest which the Issuer elects or is required to pay in cash. 
 “Change of Control”
means the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions,
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or 
 (2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group acting for
the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger,
consolidation or other business combination or purchase of “beneficial ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the
Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, provided that for purposes of calculating the “beneficial ownership” of any group, any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall
not be included in determining the amount of Voting Stock “beneficially owned” by such group. 
 “Clearstream”
means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme. 
 “Comdata” means Comdata Network, Inc. 
 “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the total amount of depreciation
and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees and capitalized software expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment
benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  

 -5- 

 “Consolidated Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without
duplication, of (1) the total amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (2) the greater of the aggregate liquidation value and maximum fixed repurchase price without regard to any change of control
or redemption premiums of all Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such
expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other
fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest expense (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark-to-market valuation of Hedging Obligations
or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding
(w) any Special Interest, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield
and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus 
 (2)
consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less 
 (3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (other than interest and investment income earned on Customer Funds). 
 For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the
Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Leverage
Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date less the amount of cash and equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that
would be stated on the balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available. 
 In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the
commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Leverage Ratio
Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
  

 -6- 

 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions,
mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the
four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has
determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in
accordance with GAAP assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If
since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment,
acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Investment, acquisition,
disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. 
 For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange
rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication, 
 (1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or
expenses (including relating to the Transactions), severance, legal settlements, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves deducted,
including any restructuring costs incurred in connection with acquisitions, costs related to the closure, opening and/or consolidation of facilities, retention charges, systems establishment costs, spin-off costs, transition costs associated with
transferring operations offshore and other transition costs, signing, retention and completion bonuses, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees incurred in connection with any of the foregoing shall be excluded, 

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period and
adjust for the one-time or out-of-period impact of any accounting policy changes, 
 (3) any after-tax effect of income (loss)
from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded, 
  

 -7- 

 (4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto)
attributable to asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded, 
 (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that
Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof that is the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, 
 (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for
Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded if the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by
that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been
legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein, 
 (7) effects of
purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and such Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the
Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded, 
 (8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (other than those arising from Comdata fuel derivative arrangements) shall
be excluded, 
 (9) any impairment charge or asset write-off, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of
intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded, 
 (10) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of
stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any non-cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect
parent companies in connection with Transactions shall be excluded, 
 (11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period,
or any amortization thereof for such period, in each case, regardless of how characterized under GAAP, in connection with the Transactions and any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity
Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or
non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded, 
  

 -8- 

 (12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date
that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded; and 
 (13)
to the extent actually reimbursed, or so long as the Issuer had made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such will be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable
carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or
casualty events or business interruptions shall be excluded. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof
only (other than clause (a)(3)(D) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and
redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (a)(3)(D) thereof.

 “Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated
Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date that is secured by Liens less the amount of cash and equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and held by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, as determined in accordance with GAAP, to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal
quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available. 
 In the event that the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio
is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Secured Debt
Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of
the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions,
mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the
four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date, and other operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma
basis in accordance with GAAP assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference
period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any 

  

 -9- 

 
Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an
operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition,
disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, the pro forma
calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. 
 For purposes of this definition,
any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner
consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period. 
 “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect
to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any
manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 
 (2)
to advance or supply funds 
 (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or 
 (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary
obligor, or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such
primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuer. 

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including
the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities, Receivables Facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term
indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and
any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities or Receivables Facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding
or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other
agent, lender or group of lenders. 
  

 -10- 

 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes, each in global
form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Customer Funds” shall mean any investments in client or customer assets
identified in the books and records of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries whether held in trust accounts or otherwise pursuant to investment policies established by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with
Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the case may be, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges
of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued
in whole or in part in global form, any Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable
provision of this Indenture. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration
received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the
principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent corporation
of the Issuer (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated
as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause
(3) of Section 4.07(a). 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such
Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change
of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the
date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its
Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 
  

 -11- 

 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof. 
 “EBITDA”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period 
 (1) increased (without duplication) by: 
 (a) provision for taxes based on income or profits
or capital gains, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes and foreign unreimbursed value added taxes (including in each case penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax
examinations) of such Person and such Subsidiaries paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (b) Fixed Charges of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other
derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (y) fees payable in respect of letters of credit and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included
in Fixed Charges) to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person and such Subsidiaries for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (d) any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment,
acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (and any amendment or modification to any such transaction) permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not
successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield and other
fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (e) any non-cash charges not set forth in clauses (a) through (d) above, including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing
Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted
from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus 
 (f) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net
Income; plus 
 (g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related
expenses paid in such period to the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income and any business optimization expenses; plus 
  

 -12- 

 (h) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables
Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (i) any costs or expense deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income by such Person or any such Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan
or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity
Interest of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; 
 (2) decreased by (without duplication) (a) any non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and such Subsidiaries
for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period, and (b) the minority interest income consisting of subsidiary
losses attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to the extent such minority interest income is included in Consolidated Net Income; and 
 (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication): 
 (a) any net loss or gain resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 133 and International Accounting Standards No. 39 and their respective related pronouncements and interpretations; provided those arising from Comdata fuel derivative arrangements shall be included other than to the
extent they relate to mark-to-market adjustments; plus or minus, as applicable, 
 (b) any net loss or gain
resulting from currency translation losses or gains related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk). 
 In calculating EBITDA for any period, pro forma effect shall be given to (1) any operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or
synergies projected in good faith to result from any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational change (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions) and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the
calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 3 to the “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Information” under “Offering Memorandum Summary” in the Offering Memorandum (as if, in each case, such
operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, synergies or adjustments had been realized on the first day of such period); provided that (x) such operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies
are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) with respect to operational changes (not resulting from an acquisition), such actions are taken or committed to be taken no later than 27 months after the Issue Date and (z) the
aggregate amount of projected operating expense reductions, operating improvements and synergies in respect of operational changes (not resulting from an acquisition) included in any pro forma calculation shall not exceed $150.0 million for any four
consecutive quarter period. 
  

 -13- 

 “EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock. 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or
private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or of a direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than: 
 (1) public offerings with respect to any such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8; 
 (2) issuances to the Issuer or Subsidiary of the Issuer; and 
 (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes
an Excluded Contribution. 
 “euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 “Exchange Notes” means new notes of the Issuer issued in exchange for any Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning given to such term in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning given to such term in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer
from, 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 
 (2) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other
management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer, 
 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity
Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof. 
  

 -14- 

 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any period, the ratio of
(a) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to (b) the Fixed Charges of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period. 
 In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) incurs, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or (ii) issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the
commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of making the
computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business made (or
committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date, and other
operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, discontinued operations and other operational
changes had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would
have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued
operation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition,
whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible
financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. 
 For the purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will
be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination determined in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the
applicable period. 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; plus 

 

 -15- 

 (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person
or its Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period; plus 
 (3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid to any Person other than such Person or its Subsidiary (excluding items eliminated in
consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period. 
 “Foreign
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof, and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

 “Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets” means the total assets of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, less Customer Funds, in each case, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since
the Issue Date. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the
Issue Date. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be
placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the
Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the case may be, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Government Securities” means securities that are: 
 (1) direct obligations of the United States of America the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or 
 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the
timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in either case, are
not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities, or
a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to
make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities
evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments
for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 
  

 -16- 

 “Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under
this Indenture. 
 “Guarantor” means each Person that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement. 
 “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: 
 (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (a) in respect of borrowed money; 
 (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
 (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except
(i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business; or 
 (d) representing any Hedging Obligations; 
 if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person
prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for,
or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the
obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; 
 provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary
course of business and (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities. 
 “Indenture” means this
Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
  

 -17- 

 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm
or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
 “Initial Notes” means the Initial Senior Cash Pay Notes and the Initial Senior Toggle Notes. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Banc of America Securities LLC.

 “Interest Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of each Note. 
 “Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent)
by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Investment Grade Securities” means: 
 (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof
(other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any
debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and the Subsidiaries of the Issuer; 
 (3)
investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2), which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and 
 (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States of America customarily utilized for high quality investments.

 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates)
in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and commission, travel, money and similar advances to directors, officers, employees, members of
management and consultants, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required
by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For
purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07 hereof: 
 (1) “Investments”
shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary 

  

 -18- 

 
of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or applicable Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 
 (a) the Issuer’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less 
 (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the
net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer. 
 “Investor” means (i) Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and its Affiliates but not including, however, any operating portfolio companies of any of the foregoing and (ii) Fidelity National
Financial, Inc. and its Affiliates. 
 “Issue Date” means November 9, 2007. 
 “Issuer” means Ceridian Corporation and not any of its Subsidiaries. 
 “Issuer Order” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York. 
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by
such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien
(statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial
Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person and its Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred
Stock dividends. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other 

  

 -19- 

 
disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or
disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof
(after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on senior Indebtedness required (other than required by
clause (b)(1) of Section 4.10) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities
associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities
related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 
 “Non-U.S.
Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
 “Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Note (including PIK
Notes) authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, all
references to Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange shall be deemed to refer to Notes of the applicable series. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to “principal amount” of the Senior Toggle
Notes shall include any PIK Notes issued in respect thereof (and any increase in the principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment. 
 “Obligations” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the
rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations
with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other
liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the confidential
offering memorandum, dated October 26, 2007, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman
of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or
counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee. 
 “Partial PIK Interest” has the meaning given to such term in
Exhibit A-2. 
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the
Depositary (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
  

 -20- 

 “Participating Broker-Dealer” has the meaning given to such term in the Registration
Rights Agreement. 
 “Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or
a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person. 
 “Permitted Holders” means each of the Investors. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
 (1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or securities constituting Customer Funds; 
 (3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of
such Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys
substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, 
 and, in each case, any Investment held by
such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of
Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
 (5) any Investment existing on
the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such
Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
 (6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 
 (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as
a result of a bankruptcy workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or 
 (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (b)(10) of Section 4.09 hereof; 
  

 -21- 

 (8) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken
together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $200.0 million and 3.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each
Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (9) Investments the
payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for
Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; 
 (10) Indebtedness permitted under
Section 4.09 hereof and the creation of Liens on the assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with Section 4.12 hereof; 
 (11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof); 
 (12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; 
 (13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of $200.0 million and 3.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value
of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (14)
Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect any Receivables Facility; 
 (15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, directors, officers, employees, members of management and consultants not in excess of
$10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; 
 (16) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting
of endorsements for collection or deposit; and 
 (17) Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$12.5 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate. 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits
of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

  

 -22- 

 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’
Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall
then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or subject to penalties
for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 
 (4) Liens in favor of the issuer of stay, customs, appeal, performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory
requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 
 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or
zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the
aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (5), (12)(b), (18), (19) or (22) of Section 4.09(b); provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (5) and (19) are solely on the assets financed, purchased, constructed,
improved, acquired or assets of the acquired entity, as the case may be; 
 (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however,
such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (9) Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or
in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted
Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; 
  

 -23- 

 (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as, in the case of Hedging Obligations
related to interest, the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations; 
 (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of
bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 
 (13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere
with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness; 
 (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; 
 (16) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business; 
 (17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility; 
 (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions,
renewals or replacements), as a whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or
part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal
amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees
and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; 
 (19) deposits
made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 
 (20) other Liens securing obligations
incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed the greater of (a) $75.0 million and (b) 1.25% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding; 
 (21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under clause (5) of Section 6.01
hereof so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated
has not expired; 
  

 -24- 

 (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to
secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (23) Liens
(i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary
course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry; 
 (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;
provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; 
 (25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative
purposes; and 
 (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository
relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations
incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “PIK Interest” means interest paid with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes in the form of increasing the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issuing PIK Notes. 
 “PIK Notes” means additional Senior Toggle Notes issued under this Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Senior Toggle Notes
issued on the Issue Date in connection with a PIK Payment. For purposes of this Indenture, all references to “PIK Notes” shall include the Related PIK Notes. 
 “PIK Payment” means an interest payment with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes made by increasing the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issuing PIK Notes. 
 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or
winding up. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all
Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “QIB” means a
“qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
  

 -25- 

 “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any
Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Issuer in good faith. 
 “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or
agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 
 “Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse
(except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries sells their accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary. 
 “Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any
accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility. 
 “Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely engages only in, one or more Receivables
Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto. 
 “Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable
Interest Payment Date means with respect to the Notes, May 1 and November 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the Notes, dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and any similar
registration rights agreements with respect to any Additional Notes. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S
promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or
Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable. 
 “Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent
Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the
Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note of the applicable series upon expiration of the Restricted Period. 
 “Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A-1 and
Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the case may be, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary
or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of the applicable series initially sold in reliance on Rule 903. 
  

 -26- 

 “Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof. 
 “Regulation S-X” means Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act.

 “Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business,
provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a
Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Related PIK
Notes” means, with respect to a Senior Toggle Note, (i) each PIK Note issued in connection with a PIK Payment on such Senior Toggle Note and (ii) each additional PIK Note issued in connection with a PIK Payment on a Related PIK
Note with respect to such Senior Toggle Note. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any
officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions
similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall
have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Cash” means cash and equivalents held by
any Restricted Subsidiary that are contractually restricted from being distributed to the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, except for such restrictions that are contained in agreements governing Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture and
that is secured by such cash or equivalents, or are classified as “restricted cash” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Guarantor” means a Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, each direct and indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is
not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted
Subsidiary.” 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  

 -27- 

 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its rating agency
business. 
 “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Senior Cash Pay Notes” means the Initial Senior Cash Pay Notes and any Additional Senior Cash Pay Notes. 
 “Senior Credit Facilities” means the Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement to be entered into as of the Issue Date by and among the
Issuer, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional
lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount
borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof. 
 “Senior Toggle Notes” means the Initial Senior Toggle Notes and any
Additional Senior Toggle Notes. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Registration
Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Party” means any Guarantor or Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant
subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental,
complementary or ancillary thereto. 
 “Special Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
  

 -28- 

 “Specified Asset Sale” means an Asset Sale having a fair market value in excess of
$1,000.0 million. 
 “Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between the Investors and the Issuer and
any direct or indirect parent company, as in effect on the Issue Date and giving effect to amendments thereto that, taken as a whole, are not materially adverse to the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
 “St. Petersburg Sale and Leaseback” refers to the sale and leaseback of the Issuer’s facility located in St. Petersburg, Florida.

 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means: 
 (1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; and 
 (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar
entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and 
 (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which 
 (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of
the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and 
 (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Total Assets” means total assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis prepared in accordance with GAAP less Customer Funds, in each case, as shown on the most recent
balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Issue Date. 
 “Transactions” means the transactions described under “Offering Memorandum Summary—The Transactions” in the Offering Memorandum. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities
with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at 

  

 -29- 

 
least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market
data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to November 15, 2011; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to November 15, 2011 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on
actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
 “Trust Indenture
Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 
 “Trustee”
means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Notes” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or
Exhibit A-2 attached hereto, as the case may be, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered
in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means: 
 (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted
Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed
Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other
than solely any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that 
 (1) any Unrestricted
Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function
are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer; 
 (2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and

 (3) each of: 
 (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and 
 (b) its Subsidiaries 
  

 -30- 

 has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the
lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to
be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either: 
 (1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in
Section 4.09(a) hereof; or 
 (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be
no less than such ratio immediately prior to such designation, 
 in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 
 Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the
board of directors of the Issuer or committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 
 “U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars, at any time for the
determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters
at approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such date of determination (or if no such quote is available on such date, on the immediately preceding Business Day for which such a quote is available). 
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election
of the board of directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of
the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied
by the amount of such payment; by 
 (2) the sum of all such payments. 
 “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than
directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  

 -31- 

 SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined
in Section
	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	4.10
	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	4.05
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.10
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.14
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.14
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.14
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	4.16
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “incur” and “incurrence”
	  	4.09
	 “Initial Senior Cash Pay Notes”
	  	recitals
	 “Initial Senior Toggle Notes”
	  	recitals
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Note Register”
	  	2.03
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Pari Passu Indebtedness”
	  	4.10
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	3.07
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.09
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.07
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	4.16
	 “Second Commitment”
	  	4.10
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01
	 “Successor Person”
	  	5.01
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.16
	 “Suspension Date”
	  	4.16
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	4.16
	 “Treasury Capital Stock”
	  	4.07

 SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture
refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
 The
following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes;

  

 -32- 

 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 
 “obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not
exclusive; 
 (d) “including” means including without limitation; 
 (e) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
 (f) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 
 (g) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 
 (h) references to sections of, or rules under,
the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 
 (i) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and 
 (j) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and
not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision. 
 SECTION 1.05. Acts of Holders. 
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may
be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when
such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any
Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05. 
  

 -33- 

 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by
the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the
execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution
of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in
respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e) The Issuer may, at its option in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so. 
 (f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any
part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its
agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part. 
 (g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including the Depositary, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in
writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and the Depositary may provide its proxy to the beneficial owners of interests in any
such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 
 (h) The Issuer may fix a record date for
the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and
only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date. 
  

 -34- 

 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating; Terms. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case
of the Senior Cash Pay Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Senior Toggle Notes) hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its
authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, subject to the issuance of PIK Interest pursuant to Section 1 of the form of Senior Toggle Note set forth in
Exhibit A-2 hereto, in which case the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes may be increased by, or PIK Notes may be issued in, an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest paid by the Issuer for the
applicable period, rounded up the nearest whole dollar. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Senior Cash Pay Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Senior Toggle Notes) hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Senior Cash Pay Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Senior Toggle Notes) hereto
(but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the
“Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon (and, with respect to the Senior
Toggle Notes, giving effect to any PIK Interest made thereon by increasing the aggregate principal amount of such Global Note) and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or
increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and, with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes, payment of PIK Interest made thereon by increasing the aggregate principal amount of such Global Note. Any endorsement of a Global Note to
reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the
Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
 (c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on
Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or
the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon
the receipt by the Trustee of: 
 (i) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies of certificates from
Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners
thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private
Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and 
 (ii) an Officer’s Certificate from the
Issuer. 
  

 -35- 

 Within a reasonable period after expiration or termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests
in each Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in a Regulation S Permanent Global Note of the same series upon delivery to DTC of the certification of compliance and the transfer applicable Notes pursuant to
the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the corresponding Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the corresponding Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation
S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of
interest as hereinafter provided. 
 (d) Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture is unlimited. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of
this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with
the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Notes shall be subject to
repurchase by the Issuer pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 hereof or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3
hereof. 
 (e) Issuance of Additional Notes. Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created
and issued from time to time by the Issuer without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial
Notes of the same series; provided that the Issuer’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuer’s compliance with Section 4.09 hereof; provided, further, that in connection with the payment
of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest in respect of the Senior Toggle Notes, the Issuer is entitled to, without the consent of the Holders (and without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in Section 4.09 hereof), increase the
outstanding principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes or issue PIK Notes. The Senior Cash Pay Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) and the Senior Toggle Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor)
are each a separate series of Notes but will be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture, except as otherwise stated herein. As a result, Holders of each series of Notes will not have separate rights to, among other things, give
notice of Defaults or to direct the Trustee to exercise remedies during an Event of Default or otherwise. Except as described under Article 9 hereof, the Notes offered by the Issuer, the PIK Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under
this Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this
Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication. At least one Officer of the Issuer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the
Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer of the Issuer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time
the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
 A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture
or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (with respect to the Senior Cash Pay Notes) or Exhibit A-2 (with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes) attached hereto, as
the case may be, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 
  

 -36- 

 On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order (an “Authentication
Order”), authenticate and deliver (i) the Initial Senior Cash Pay Notes and (ii) the Initial Senior Toggle Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall upon an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver
any Additional Notes or PIK Notes (or increases in the principal amount of any Senior Toggle Notes) as a result of a PIK Payment for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or PIK Notes (or
increases in the principal amount of any Senior Toggle Notes) issued or increased hereunder. On any Interest Payment Date on which the Issuer pays PIK Interest with respect to a Global Note representing Senior Toggle Notes, the Trustee shall
increase the principal amount of such Global Note by an amount equal to the interest payable, rounded up to the nearest $1.00, for the relevant Interest Period on the principal amount of such Global Note as of the relevant Record Date for such
Interest Payment Date, to the credit of the Holders on such Record Date, pro rata in accordance with their interests, and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with
respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such increase. On any Interest Payment Date on which the Issuer pays PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest by issuing definitive PIK Notes, the principal amount of any such PIK
Notes issued to any Holder, for the relevant Interest Period as of the relevant Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, shall be rounded up to the nearest $1.00. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of
transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”)
reflecting the ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time and of their transfer. The Registrar shall also facilitate the transfer of the Notes on behalf of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof. The Issuer may appoint one
or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agents. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as
Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer
fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall, to the extent that it is capable, act as such. The Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Subsidiaries of a Restricted Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent
or Registrar. 
 The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the
Global Notes representing the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Issuer shall require each third party
Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any,
or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any
time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying 

  

 -37- 

 
Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for such funds. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall
segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all funds held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any Event of Default pursuant to Sections 6.01(6) or (7), the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of
the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment
Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with Trust
Indenture Act Section 312(a). 
 SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and
not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor thereto or a nominee of such successor thereto. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note of the same series unless (A) the
Depositary (x) notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is
not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days or (B) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in (A) above, Definitive Notes delivered in
exchange for any Global Note of the same series or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures or in
accordance with Section 2.06(c)). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the
same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the
preceding events in (A) or (B) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); and beneficial interests in a Global Note may not be
transferred and exchanged other than as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial
Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests
in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with
either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person other than to a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S) and other than pursuant to Rule 144A. No written orders or
instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). 
  

 -38- 

 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In
connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a
Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial
interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from
a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1)
above. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions
contained in the applicable Letter of Transmittal or in an Agent’s Message delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial
interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in
any Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar
receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global
Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof or, if permitted by the Applicable Procedures, item (3) thereof; or 
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 
 (iv)
Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the exchange or transfer complies with the
requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange
Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; 
  

 -39- 

 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance
with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives
the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
 (2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in
form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer complies with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above is
effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted
Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above. 
 (v) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note
Prohibited. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes. 
 (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the
occurrence of any of the events in subsection (A) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  

 -40- 

 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule
144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (F) if such
beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof,
and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in the instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect
Participant on behalf of such holder a Restricted Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall be
registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall mail such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose
names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all
restrictions on transfer contained therein. 
 (ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to
Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof
in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to clause (b)(3)(ii)(B) of Rule 903, except in the case of a transfer pursuant
to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 
 (iii)
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the
transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) an affiliate (as
defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 
  

 -41- 

 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance
with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives
the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
 (2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer complies with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of any of the conditions of any of the clauses of this
Section 2.06(c)(iii), the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal
amount to the Person designated by the Holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such Holder, and the Trustee shall reduce or
cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h), the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note. 
 (iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to
exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions
set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note, and the
Issuer shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated
by the Holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such Holder. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee
shall deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the
Private Placement Legend. 
  

 -42- 

 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.

 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interest in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note
proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon
receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Definitive Note proposes to exchange
such Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
 (B) if such Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such Definitive Note is being
transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 (D) if such Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (F) if such Restricted
Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the
aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable
Regulation S Global Note. 
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a
Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in
accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not
(1) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 
  

 -43- 

 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance
with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives
the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who shall take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this
Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel such Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global
Note. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to
Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 (iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes
to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited. An Unrestricted Definitive Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.

 (v) Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such exchange or transfer of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance
with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
  

 -44- 

 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. 
 (i) Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall
register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction
of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions
of this Section 2.06(e): 
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may
be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if
the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or 
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (iii) Transfer or Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or
transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
 (A)
such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Participating Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer;

 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration
Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  

 -45- 

 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar
so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer complies with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the
clauses of this Section 2.06(e)(iii), the Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted Definitive Note and the Issuer shall execute, and upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate aggregate principal amount to the Person designated by the Holder of such prior Restricted Definitive Note in instructions delivered to the Registrar by such Holder.

 (iv) Transfer of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may
transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes
pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes of the same series tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal or in an Agent’s Message that
(x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the applicable Exchange Offer
and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes of the same series tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal
that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the applicable Exchange
Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail
to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the applicable Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes
issued in connection with such Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture. 
  

 -46- 

 (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive
Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture: 
 (i) Private
Placement Legend. 
 (A) Except as permitted by clause (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all
Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT
BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN
AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”),
(2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN TWO Y EARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A
SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN
OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT
WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED
TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS
BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE
THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
  

 -47- 

 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to
clauses (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (e)(iii), (e)(iv) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (with appropriate changes in the
last sentence if DTC is not the Depositary): 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS
NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE
AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A
WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in
substantially the following form: 
 “THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN 

  

 -48- 

 
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS
GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as
all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and
canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such
other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in
a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other
than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof). 
 (iii) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid
obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (iv) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period
beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any
Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date with respect to such Note and the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date with respect to such Note. 
 (v) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note,
the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Special
Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
  

 -49- 

 (vi) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer
designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or
denominations of a like aggregate principal amount. 
 (vii) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any
authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall
execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
 (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a
registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 (ix) The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to enter into a
letter of representation with the Depositary in the form provided by the Issuer and to act in accordance with such letter. 
 (x) The Trustee
shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any
transfers between or among Depositary Participant or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly
required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes. If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or
theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be
supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the
Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note issued in accordance with the
Section 2.07 is a contractual obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it,
those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in
Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in
Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code). 
  

 -50- 

 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuer or
a Guarantor) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall
cease to accrue interest. 
 SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of
Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, a Guarantor or by any Affiliate of the Issuer or a Guarantor, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be
disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, a Guarantor or any obligor upon the
Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer, a Guarantor or of such other obligor. 
 SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. Until certificates
representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have
variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for
temporary Notes. 
 Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded
to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time
may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the
Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the
Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful
manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent
special record date. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount
of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held
in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record
date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before any such special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at 

  

 -51- 

 
the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or her
address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall
carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 
 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP/ISIN
Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that
any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers. 
 SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Securities. The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination, shall be
the principal amount of the Notes, including, with respect to Senior Toggle Notes, any PIK Notes issued in respect thereof, and any increase in the principal amount thereof, as a result of a PIK Payment with respect to Senior Toggle Notes at such
date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of
determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding,
in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee
pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate. 
 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION 
 SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem the Senior Cash
Pay Notes and/or Senior Toggle Notes, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least two Business Days (or such shorter period as allowed by the Trustee) before notice of redemption is required to
be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or
Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes and/or Senior Toggle Notes, as the case may be, to be redeemed and (iv) the
redemption price. 
 SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Senior Cash Pay Notes and/or Senior
Toggle Notes, as the case may be, are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national
securities exchange on which the Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method the Trustee shall
deem fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from
the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 
  

 -52- 

 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the
case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof except for Senior Toggle Notes; no Notes
of less than $2,000 can be redeemed in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the
preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Issuer shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail notices of redemption not less than 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to the
Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address appearing in the Note Register or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days
prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11 hereof. Except pursuant to a notice of redemption delivered in accordance with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(c) hereof, notices of
redemption may not be conditional. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
 (a) the Redemption Date; 
 (b) the
appropriate method for calculation of the redemption price, but need not include the redemption price itself; the actual redemption price shall be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two
(2) Business Days prior to the Redemption Date unless the redemption is pursuant to Section 3.07(a) hereof, in which case such Officer’s Certificate should be delivered on the Redemption Date; 
 (c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption
Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon
cancellation of the original Note; 
 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
 (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
 (f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the
Redemption Date; 
 (g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for
redemption are being redeemed; 
 (h) the CUSIP and ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed and that no representation is
made as to the correctness or accuracy of any such CUSIP and ISIN number that is listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
  

 -53- 

 (i) if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(c) hereof, any condition to such
redemption. 
 At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense;
provided that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five (5) Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter
notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
 The Issuer may provide in the notice of redemption that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to
such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. 
 SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of
redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price (except as provided for in Sections 3.07(c) hereof). The notice, if
mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated
for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes
called for redemption. 
 SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 
 (a) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient
to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed on that Redemption Date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly, and in any event within two Business Days after
the Redemption Date, return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

 (b) If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph (a), on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease
to accrue on the applicable series of Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date,
then any accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for
redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the
Redemption Date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
 SECTION
3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed
portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed; provided that each new Note (other than PIK Notes) will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It
is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

  

 -54- 

 SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption. 
 (a) (i) At any time prior to November 15, 2011, the Senior Cash Pay Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100%
of the principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any)
to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of Senior Cash Pay Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 (ii) At any time prior to November 15, 2011, the Senior Toggle Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of
the principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of the Redemption Date and, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) to the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of
Holders of Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 (b) (i) On and
after November 15, 2011, the Senior Cash Pay Notes may be redeemed, at the Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Senior Cash Pay Notes will be redeemable at
the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior Cash Pay Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject
to the right of Holders of record of Senior Cash Pay Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15 of each of the years
indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2011
	  	105.625	%
	 2012
	  	102.813	%
	 2013 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 (ii) On and after November 15, 2011, the Senior Toggle Notes may be redeemed, at the
Issuer’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time at the redemption prices set forth below. The Senior Toggle Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Senior
Toggle Notes to be redeemed) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) thereon to the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant Record
Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15 of each of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2011
	  	106.125	%
	 2012
	  	103.063	%
	 2013 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  

 -55- 

 (c) (i) Until November 15, 2010, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the then
outstanding aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) thereon to the applicable
Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are
received by or contributed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes that are
Senior Cash Pay Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of
closing of each such Equity Offering or sale. 
 (ii) Until November 15, 2010, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the
then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes at a redemption price equal to 112.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) thereon to the applicable
Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are
received by or contributed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes originally issued under this Indenture and any Additional Notes that are
Senior Toggle Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date (but excluding PIK Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180
days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering or sale. 
 Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to
the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering.

 (d) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. The Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes. 
 SECTION 3.09. Asset Sale Offer to Purchase. 
 (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, it shall follow the procedures
specified below. 
 (b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no
longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuer
shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all
Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
  

 -56- 

 (c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date,
any accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any), up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest
shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 (d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Issuer shall send, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
 (i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the
Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 
 (ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
 (iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 
 (iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease
to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date; 
 (v) that any Holder electing to have less than all of the aggregate
principal amount of its Notes purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, or if PIK Notes are issued or PIK interest is paid, a minimum of
$1.00 and an integral multiple of $1.00 (in each case, in aggregate principal amount); 
 (vi) that Holders electing to have a
Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, the
Depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least two Business Days before the Purchase Date; 
 (vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 
 (viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered pursuant to such Asset Sale Offer by the
Holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness will select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the
principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Trustee so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof are purchased
or if PIK Notes are issued or PIK Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and integral multiples of $1.00); 
  

 -57- 

 (ix) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal
in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased; and 
 (x) any other procedures the Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment and the procedures that
Holders must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof) for payment. 
 (e) On or before the Purchase
Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis as described in clause (d)(viii) of this Section 3.09, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the
Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate
principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered. 
 (f) The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall
promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of
Counsel or Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to
the extent not repurchased. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase
Date. 
 (g) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying
Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be purchased on that purchase date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly, and in any event within two Business Days, return to the Issuer
any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed. 
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made
pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof, and references therein to “redeem,” “redemption” and similar words shall be deemed to refer to “purchase,” “repurchase” and
similar words, as applicable. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 4.10, this Section 3.09 or other provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with applicable securities
laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.10, this Section 3.09 or such other provision by virtue of such compliance. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest
on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer, a Guarantor or an Affiliate
of the Issuer 

  

 -58- 

 
or a Guarantor, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and
sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. PIK Interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Trustee is directed on or prior to such date to issue PIK Notes or increase the principal amount of the applicable
Senior Toggle Notes, in each case in an amount equal to the amount of the applicable PIK Interest. 
 The Issuer shall pay all Special
Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The Issuer shall pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Special Interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer shall maintain the offices or agencies (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) required under Section 2.03 where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this
Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such
purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain such offices or agencies as required by Section 2.03 for
such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03
hereof. 
 SECTION 4.03. Reports and Other Information. For so long as any Notes hereunder are outstanding, unless the Issuer is
subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise complies with such reporting requirements, the Issuer will furnish without cost to each Holder of Notes and file with the Trustee: 
 (1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer thereafter: 
 (A) audited year-end consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (including balance sheets, statements of
operations and statements of cash flows which would be required from a SEC registrant in an Annual Report Form 10-K, including pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC) prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (B) the information described in Item 303 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act (“Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”) with respect to such period, to the extent such information would otherwise be required to be filed in an Annual Report on Form 10-K; and 
  

 -59- 

 (C) all pro forma and historical information in respect of any significant transaction
(as determined in accordance with Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) consummated more than 75 days prior to the date such information is furnished for the time periods for which such financial information would be required (if the
Issuer were subject to the filing requirements of the Exchange Act) in a filing on Form 8-K with the SEC at such time; 
 (2)
within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Issuer thereafter: 
 (A)
unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries (including balance sheets, statements of operations and statements of cash flows which would be required from a SEC registrant in a Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q, including pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, and a SAS 100 review by the Issuer’s independent accountants) prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end adjustments; 
 (B) the information described in Item 303 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act with respect to such period to the extent such
information would otherwise be required to be filed in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q; and 
 (C) all pro forma and
historical financial information in respect of any significant transaction (as determined in accordance with Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act) consummated more than 75 days prior to the date such information is furnished to the
extent not previously provided and for the time periods such financial information would be required (if the Issuer were subject to the filing requirements of the Exchange Act) in a filing on Form 8-K with the SEC at such time; and 
 (3) within five Business Days following the occurrence of any of the following events, a description in reasonable detail of such event:
(i) any change in the executive officers or directors of the Issuer, (ii) any incurrence of any material on-balance sheet or material off-balance sheet long-term debt obligation or capital lease obligation (each as defined in Item 303
of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act) of or relating to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) the acceleration of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iv) any issuance or sale by
the Issuer of Equity Interests of the Issuer (excluding any issuance or sale pursuant to any stock option plan in the ordinary course of business), (v) the entry into of any agreement by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries relating to a
transaction that has resulted or may result in a Change of Control, (vi) any resignation or termination of the independent accountants of the Issuer or any engagement of any new independent accountants of the Issuer, (vii) any
determination by the Issuer or the receipt of advice or notice by the Issuer from its independent accountants, in either case, relating to non-reliance on previously issued financial statements, a related audit opinion or a completed interim review
and (viii) the completion by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the acquisition or disposition of a significant amount of assets, otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, in each case to the extent such information
would be required from a SEC registrant in a Form 8-K. 
 Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes
only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein, including compliance with any of the covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on
Officer’s Certificates). 
  

 -60- 

 In addition, the Issuer agrees that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the
Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors that certify that they are qualified institutional buyers, upon their request, the information described above as well as all information required to be delivered pursuant to
Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 In addition, if at any time any direct or indirect parent becomes a Guarantor (there being
no obligation of any such parent to do so), such entity holds no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (and performs the related incidental
activities associated with such ownership) and would comply with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be furnished to Holders of
the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.03 may, at the option of the Issuer, be furnished by and be those of parent rather than the Issuer. 
 SECTION 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each
fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the
preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and
further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this
Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge
and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 
 (b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under
this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Issuer shall, within five (5) Business Days
after becoming aware of such Default, deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event. 
 SECTION 4.05. Taxes. The Issuer shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes,
assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 SECTION 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully
do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants
or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall not, by resort to any such
law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  

 -61- 

 SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly: 
 (i) declare or pay any dividend or distribution or make any payment on account of the Issuer’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s
Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than: 
 (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other
than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; 
 (ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation; 
 (iii) make any principal payment on, or
redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness other than: 
 (A) Indebtedness permitted under clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof; or 
 (B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary purchased in
anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or 
 (iv) make any Restricted Investment 
 (all
such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment,
together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends
on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (c) thereof only), (6)(C) and (9) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is less than the sum of (without
duplication): 
 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the
first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, if such Consolidated
Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus 
  

 -62- 

 (B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as
determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since immediately after the Issue Date (other than (i) to the extent used to fund the Transactions and
(ii) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of: 
 (i)(a) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as
determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of: 
 (x) Equity
Interests to directors, officers, employees, members of management or consultants of the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied
to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and 
 (y) Designated
Preferred Stock; and 
 (b) to the extent such proceeds are actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary, Equity Interests of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been
applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof); or 
 (ii) debt of
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer or a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; 
 provided, however, that this clause (B) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock, (X) Equity Interests
or convertible debt securities sold to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 (C) 100% of the aggregate amount of net proceeds (including cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by
the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue Date (other than (i) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, (ii) by a Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) any Excluded Contributions); plus 
  

 -63- 

 (D) 100% of the aggregate amount of proceeds (including cash and the fair market value,
as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable securities or other property) received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of: 
 (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such
Restricted Investments from the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case
after the Issue Date; or 
 (ii) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the
stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) or to the extent such Investment
constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend or distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus 
 (E) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, as determined by the Issuer in good faith or if
such fair market value may exceed $75.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the
Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment. 
 (b) The foregoing provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would
have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2)(a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of
any (i) Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor or (ii) Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent
company of the Issuer, in the case of each of clause (i) and (ii), in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer, or any
direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”), (b) the
declaration and payment of dividends on the Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior to
the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6)(A) or (B) of this paragraph, the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than
Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate
amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement; 
 (3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new
Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted 

  

 -64- 

 
Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof so long as: 
 (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted
value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument
governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness; 
 (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated
Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value; 
 (C) such new Indebtedness has a
final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; and 
 (D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity
of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired; 
 (4) a Restricted Payment to
pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former director,
officer, employee, member of management or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit
plan or agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $20.0 million (which shall increase to $30.0 million subsequent to the
consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $30.0 million in any calendar year) (which shall increase to
$50.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to
the capital of the Issuer, Equity Interests of any of the direct or indirect parent companies of the Issuer, in each case to directors, officers, employees, members of management or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its
direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date (other than Equity Interests the proceeds of which are used to fund the Transactions), to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise
been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less 
  

 -65- 

 (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds
described in clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4); 
 and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing
to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from directors, officers, employees, members of management or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with a repurchase of Equity
Interests of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture; 
 (5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (6)(A) the declaration and payment of dividends
to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this
clause (A) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock; 
 (B) a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which
will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of Restricted
Payments paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or 
 (C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and
payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 4.07(b); 
 provided, however, in the case of each of (A),
(B) and (C) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the
declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; 
 (7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair
market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being
measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (8) repurchases of Equity Interests
deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
 (9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment of dividends on such 

  

 -66- 

 
entity’s common stock), following the first public Equity Offering of such common stock after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the cash
proceeds received by (or, in the case of a Restricted Payment to a direct or indirect parent entity, contributed to the capital of) the Issuer in or from any such public Equity Offering; 
 (10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 
 (11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause
(11) not to exceed $175.0 million or if the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than 3.75 to 1.00, the greater of $175.0 million and 3.75% of Total Assets at the time made; 
 (12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees; 
 (13) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or owed to Affiliates, in each case to
the extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof; 
 (14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to provisions similar to those described under Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset
Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; 
 (15) the declaration and payment of
dividends or the payment of other distributions by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, any of the Issuer’s direct or indirect parents in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies
to pay, in each case without duplication, 
 (A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their
corporate existence; 
 (B) federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes; provided that, in each fiscal
year, the amount of such payments shall be equal to the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, foreign, state and local income or franchise taxes if such entities were corporations
paying taxes separately from any parent entity at the highest combined applicable federal, foreign, state, local or franchise tax rate for such fiscal year; 
 (C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to
the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (D) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (E) fees, indemnities and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions or amounts
payable to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement; 
  

 -67- 

 (F) fees and expenses other than to Affiliates of the Issuer related to (i) any
equity or debt offering of such parent entity (whether or not successful) and (ii) any Investment otherwise permitted under this covenant (whether or not successful); 
 (G) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities
convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; and 
 (H)
to finance Investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this covenant; provided that (i) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment; (ii) such direct or indirect
parent company shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger of
the Person formed or acquired into the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 5.01 hereof) in order to consummate such Investment; (iii) such direct or indirect parent company and Affiliates
(other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in
compliance with this Indenture; (iv) any property received by the Issuer shall not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (3) of Section 4.07(a); and (v) such Investment shall be deemed to be made
by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by another provision of this covenant (other than pursuant to clause (10) of this Section 4.07(b)) or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than clause
(9) thereof); 
 (16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents that were contributed to such Unrestricted Subsidiaries as an Investment pursuant
to clause (7) of this Section 4.07(b)); and 
 (17) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to
applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01 hereof;
provided that as a result of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer and that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer are repurchased, redeemed or
acquired for value; 
 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses
(11) and (16) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 
 (c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Subsidiaries of the Issuer will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition
of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so
designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be
permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 4.07(a) or under clause (7), (10) or (11) of Section 

  

 -68- 

 
4.07(b) hereof, or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.08.
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 (1)(A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital
Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or 
 (B) pay any Indebtedness
owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, 
 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of: 
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related
documentation and other contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes
and the Guarantees; 
 (3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose
restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on the property so acquired; 
 (4)
applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 
 (5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person,
other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired; 
 (6)
contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of (i) the Issuer or (ii) a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or
substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary that impose restrictions on the assets to be sold; 
  

 -69- 

 (7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09
hereof and Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
 (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture; 
 (11) customary provisions contained in leases or licenses of intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered into in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and
(3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses
(1) through (11) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no
more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and 
 (13) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, are necessary
or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility. 
 SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
Stock and Preferred Stock. 
 (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,
create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer and the Restricted Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may
incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ most
recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at
least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may
be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four fiscal quarter period; provided, however, that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including pro forma 

  

 -70- 

 
application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $300.0 million of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors is outstanding pursuant to this Section 4.09(a) at such time. 
 (b) The provisions of
Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to: 
 (1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount
thereof), up to an aggregate principal amount of $2,850.0 million outstanding at any one time less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Specified Asset Sales applied by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the Issue Date to
repay any term indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to Section 4.10; provided in no event shall the
amount which may be incurred under this clause be less than $1,425.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (2) the
incurrence by the Issuer and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any PIK Notes and any Guarantee, but excluding any Additional Notes); 
 (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Restricted Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes and related guarantees of
the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the Notes and Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (4)
Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.09(b)); 
 (5) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Equity Interests of any Person
owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, and Indebtedness pursuant to any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred
Stock incurred and outstanding under this clause (5), not to exceed the greater of $125.0 million or 2.0% of Total Assets at any time outstanding; 
 (6) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business,
including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of
such bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence; 
 (7) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase
price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business,
assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, 

  

 -71- 

 
that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of FIN 45 as a result of an amendment to an obligation in existence
on the Issue Date) of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for
purposes of this clause (7)); 
 (8) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary to
the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by the Issuer or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee
of the Notes, as the case may be; provided further that subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer
of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause
(8); 
 (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred
Stock (except to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such shares of Preferred Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (9);

 (10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting
interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk; 
 (11) obligations in
respect of customs, stay, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with
past practice; 
 (12)(a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference equal to 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or
contributions received from, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(B) and (3)(C) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash has not been applied pursuant to
such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2), (3), (7) and
(12) of the definition thereof) and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor not otherwise
permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and
incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the 

  

 -72- 

 
greater of $275.0 million and 4.25% of Total Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to
this clause (12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) without reliance on this clause (12)(b)); 
 (13) the incurrence by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund
or refinance: 
 (a) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a)
and clauses (2), (3), (4), (12)(a) and (14) of this Section 4.09(b), or 
 (b) any Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clause 13(a) of this Section 4.09(b), 
 including, in each case, additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees and expenses in connection therewith
(collectively, the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 
 (A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced, 
 (B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to
the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively,
and 
 (C) shall not include: 
 (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer; 
 (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Guarantor; or 
 (iii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 and provided further that subclause (A) of this clause (13) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of Indebtedness under a Credit Facility; 
  

 -73- 

 (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either 
 (i) the Issuer would be permitted to incur
at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a), or 
 (ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is no less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 
 (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that
such Indebtedness is extinguished within six Business Days of its incurrence; 
 (16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (17)(a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long
as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or 
 (b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary shall comply with Section 4.15 hereof; 
 (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer in an amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding and together with any other
Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) 5.0% of the Foreign Subsidiary Total Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this
clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) without reliance on this clause
(18)); 
 (19) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to
finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition in a principal amount not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million or 2.5% of Total Assets in the aggregate at any one time outstanding together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
and/or Preferred Stock issued under this clause (19) (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (19) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of
this clause (19) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
under Section 4.09(a) without reliance on this clause (19)); 
 (20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former directors, officers, employees, members of management and consultants thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, heirs, family members,
spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or any of its respective direct or indirect parent companies to the extent described in clause
(4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; 
  

 -74- 

 (21) cash management obligations and Indebtedness in respect of netting services,
employee credit card programs and similar arrangements in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and 
 (22)
Indebtedness arising from the St. Petersburg Sale and Leaseback. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 4.09: 
 (1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion
thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (22) of Section 4.09(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of
Section 4.09(b) hereof; and 
 (2) at the time of incurrence or reclassification, the Issuer will be entitled to divide
and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) or (b) hereof. 
 Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with
any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and
such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed
not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. 
 The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate
applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 
 The
Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted
Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other
Indebtedness of the 

  

 -75- 

 
Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, as the case may be. For the purposes of this Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated
or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

 SECTION 4.10. Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless: 
 (1) the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed
of; and 
 (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer
or Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 
 (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms
subordinated to the Notes or that are owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in
writing, 
 (B) any securities received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by
the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and 
 (C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration
received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash
Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, 
 shall be deemed to be cash for
purposes of this provision and for no other purpose. 
 (b) Within 15 months after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, such
Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale: 
 (1) to permanently reduce:

 (A) Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 (B) Obligations under Pari Passu Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, and to
correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 
  

 -76- 

 (C) Obligations under (i) Notes (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100%
of the principal amount thereof) or (ii) any other Pari Passu Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided the Issuer shall make an offer (in accordance
with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09) to all Holders of Notes to purchase a pro rata amount of Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued but unpaid interest; or 
 (D) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted
Subsidiary; or 
 (2) to (a) make an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment in
any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary,
(b) acquire properties, (c) make capital expenditures or (d) acquire other assets that, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d), either (x) are used or useful in a Similar Business or (y) replace the
businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; 
 provided that, in the case of clause (2) of this
Section 4.10(b), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation
that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the
Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided
further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 
 (c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) will
be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms
of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal
amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, or if PIK Notes are issued or PIK Interest is paid, a minimum of $1.00 and an integral multiple of $1.00 (in each case in aggregate
principal amount), that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date fixed for the closing of such offer. The Issuer
will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $50.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee.

 To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is
less than the Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to the other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and the
Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds with respect to the Notes, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Issuer or the agent for such Pari Passu Indebtedness will select such other Pari
Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

  

 -77- 

 (d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of
such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (e) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture,
the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 
 SECTION 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or
enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving
aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, unless: 
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are
not materially less favorable to the relevant Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by such Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 (2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $40.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a). 
 (b) The provisions of
Section 4.11(a) will not apply to the following: 
 (1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of “Permitted
Investments”; 
 (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and termination fees and
related expenses and indemnities, directly or indirectly, to the Investors, in each case pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement; 
 (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers, employees, members of management or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent
companies of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
  

 -78- 

 (5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case
may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to such Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable
to the relevant Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; 
 (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement), or any amendment thereto (so long as
any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date); 
 (7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement, principal investors agreement (including any registration
rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that
the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise materially more disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole; 
 (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions; 
 (9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, including consulting services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture
which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at
such time from an unaffiliated party; 
 (10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any
Receivables Facility; 
 (12) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for
any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of
the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith; 
 (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or
consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants
which, in each case, are approved by a majority of the board of directors of the Issuer in good faith; 
  

 -79- 

 (14) Investments by the Investors in debt securities of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed outstanding issue amount of such
class of securities; and 
 (15) payments by the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and its Subsidiaries
pursuant to tax sharing arrangements among the Issuer (and any such parent) and its Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the
amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent of amounts received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would be required to pay in
respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity. 
 SECTION 4.12. Liens. 
 (a) The Issuer
will not, and will not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness, on any asset or property of the Issuer or
Restricted Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless: 
 (1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes or the related Guarantees, as applicable, are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or 
 (2) in all other cases, the Notes or the related Guarantees, as applicable, are equally and ratably secured. 
 (b) Section 4.12(a) shall not apply to (i) Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees, (ii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted
to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof and (iii) Liens
incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted under this subclause (iii), at the time of
incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.25 to 1.0. 
 (c) Any
Lien created for the benefit of Holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenant shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in Sections 4.12(a)(1) and (2).

 SECTION 4.13. Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be
amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Issuer shall not be required
to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Issuer in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct
of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
  

 -80- 

 SECTION 4.14. Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control. 
 (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes
as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control
Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the
relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder
appearing in the Note Register or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, with the following information: 
 (1)
that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuer; 
 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is
mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain
outstanding and continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control
Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the
reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes,
provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of
the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 
 (7) that the Holders whose Notes are being repurchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to a minimum of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in principal amount; provided, however, that if PIK Notes are issued or PIK Interest is paid,
the principal amount of such unpurchased portion may equal a minimum of $1.00 or an integral multiple of $1.00; and 
 (8) the
other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow. 
  

 -81- 

 The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given,
whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to
receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1
under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions
of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by
virtue thereof. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law, 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof
so tendered, and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with
an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer. 
 (c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer
may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 (d) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the
provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof, and references therein to “redeem,” “redemption” and similar words shall be deemed to refer to “purchase,” “repurchase” and similar words, as applicable.

 SECTION 4.15. Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities), other than a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to
guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor unless such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture in form attached hereto as Exhibit D providing
for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or a related
Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such
Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee; provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred
in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. 
  

 -82- 

 SECTION 4.16. Suspension of Covenants. 
 (a) If on any date following the Issue Date (the “Suspension Date”) (i) any series of Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both
Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension
Event”), the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following covenants (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”): 
 (1) Section 4.07 hereof; 
 (2) Section 4.08 hereof; 
 (3) Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (4) Section 4.10 hereof; 
 (5) Section 4.11 hereof; 
 (6) Section 4.14 hereof; 
 (7) Section 4.15 hereof; and 
 (8) clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof. 
 (b) In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies (A) withdraw
their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating and/or (B) the Issuer or any of its Affiliates enter into an agreement to effect a transaction that would result in a Change of Control
and one or more of the Rating Agencies indicate that if consummated, such transaction (alone or together with any related recapitalization or refinancing transactions) would cause such Rating Agency to withdraw its Investment Grade Rating or
downgrade the ratings assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events, including,
without limitation, a proposed transaction described in clause (B) above. 
 (c) The period of time between the Suspension Date and the
Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” Additionally, upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be reset at zero. In the event of
any such reinstatement, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prior to such reinstatement and available will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to Notes;
provided that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after any such reinstatement, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though the Section 4.07 hereof had been in effect prior to, but not during the
Suspension Period, provided, further, that any Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period shall automatically become Restricted Subsidiaries on the Reversion Date (subject to the Issuer’s
right to subsequently designate them as Unrestricted Subsidiaries in compliance with this Indenture) and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having
been incurred or issued pursuant to clause (4) of Section 4.09(b) hereof. 
  

 -83- 

 (d) The Issuer shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer
notifying it of any event set forth under this Section 4.16. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
 SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or
Substantially All Assets. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving
corporation), and shall not sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any
Person unless: 
 (1) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to whom such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of
Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a
corporation; 
 (2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under
the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; 
 (4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such
transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, 
 (A) the Successor Company or the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or 

(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be no less than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction; 
 (5) each Restricted Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (c)(1)(B) of this
Section 5.01 shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 
 (6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture. 
  

 -84- 

 (b) The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture and
the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof, 
 (1) the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor; and 
 (2) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reorganizing the Issuer in a State of the United States
so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 (c) Subject to
Section 10.06 hereof, no Restricted Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Restricted Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (1)(A) such Restricted Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than such Restricted Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Restricted Guarantor,
as the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Restricted Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

 (B) the Successor Person, if other than such Restricted Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Restricted
Guarantor under this Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and 
 (D) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or 
 (2) the
transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof. 
 (d) In the case of clause (1) of Section 5.01(c), the Successor
Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Restricted Guarantor under this Indenture and such Restricted Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its
properties and assets to another Restricted Guarantor or the Issuer. 
 SECTION 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon any
consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor
corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be
substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, as applicable, shall refer instead
to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, as applicable), and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer 

  

 -85- 

 
or such Restricted Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer or a
Restricted Guarantor, as applicable, herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.01.
Events of Default. An “Event of Default” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation
of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body): 
 (1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; 
 (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes; 
 (3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less
than 30% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 6.01) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

 (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or
evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both: 
 (A)
such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any
such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and 
 (B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to
pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding; 
 (5) failure by the Issuer or a Significant Party to pay final non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million, which final
judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding have been commenced by any creditor upon such
judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 
  

 -86- 

 (6) the Issuer or any Significant Party, pursuant to or within the meaning of any
Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (B) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent
seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law; 
 (C) consents to the appointment of a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or 
 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 
 (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an
order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (A) is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Party, in a
proceeding in which the Issuer or any Significant Party is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (B) appoints a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or any Significant Party, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer or any Significant Party; or 
 (C) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Party, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60
consecutive days; or 
 (8) the Guarantee of any Significant Party shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect
or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Party, as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the
termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture. 
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.

 (a) If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof) occurs
with respect to the Issuer and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, in either case
specifying in such notice the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a “notice of acceleration,” may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be
due and payable immediately. The Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if, in the best judgment of the Trustee, acceleration is not in the best interests of the Holders of the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of
an Event of Default arising with respect to the Issuer under clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01 hereof, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. 
 (b) The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders
of all of the Notes rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and if all existing Events of Default (except non-

  

 -87- 

 
payment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. In the event of any Event of
Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01 hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and
rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose: 
 (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or 
 (2) holders
thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or 
 (3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured. 
 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative
to the extent permitted by law. 
 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Existing Defaults. Subject to Section 6.02 hereof, Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all such Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder except a continuing Default in the payment of
interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of
this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 SECTION 6.05.
Control by Majority. Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power
conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the
Trustee in personal liability. 
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may
pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (a) such Holder has previously given the Trustee
notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (b) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the total outstanding
Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (c) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee reasonable
security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense; 
  

 -88- 

 (d) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt
thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (e) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding
Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 A Holder of a Note may not use this
Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
 SECTION
6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest
(including, with respect to the Senior Toggle Notes, PIK Interest) on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an
express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient
to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 SECTION 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or
abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and
respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 
 SECTION 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed,
lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not
prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
 SECTION 6.11. Delay or Omission Not
Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

  

 -89- 

 SECTION 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of
claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and
the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property
payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments
directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.
To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding,
shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 SECTION 6.13. Priorities. If the Trustee or any Agent collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the
following order: 
 (a) First, to the Trustee, such Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07
hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or such Agent and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 (b) Second, to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and
interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, and interest, respectively; and 
 (c) Third, to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable.

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.13. 
 SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the
Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the
Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
  

 -90- 

 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) the duties of the Trustee
shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the form required in this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or
opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct,
except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court
of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (iii) the Trustee shall
not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a),
(b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers
under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  

 -91- 

 SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such
further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or
additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
require an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The
Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it
hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for
the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes
or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e)
Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer. 
 (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or
otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or
liability is not assured to it. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this
Indenture. 
 (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right
to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 (i) In the event the Issuer is required to pay Special Interest, the Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuer’s obligation to
pay Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Special Interest to be paid by the Issuer. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to
any Holders to determine whether the Special Interest is payable and the amount thereof. 
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of
Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in
the event 

  

 -92- 

 
that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or
resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
 SECTION 7.04.
Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the
Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall
not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of
Notes a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default
if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to know of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is such a Default is received by the Trustee in accordance with Section 12.02 hereof at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and such notice references
the Notes and this Indenture. 
 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. Within 60 days after each October 15,
beginning with the October 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust
Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust
Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuer and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Issuer shall
promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer
shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on
compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such
expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 The Issuer and
the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees, agents and any predecessor trustee (in its capacity as trustee) and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold the Trustee
harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder
(including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuer or any Guarantor, 

  

 -93- 

 
or liability in connective with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Issuer
promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder except to the extent the Issuer has been materially prejudiced thereby. The Issuer shall
defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The
Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 
 The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or
removal of the Trustee. 
 To secure the payment obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall
have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and
expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 The Trustee shall
comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of
Trustee. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in
writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing.
The Issuer may remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof or Section 310 of
the Trust Indenture Act; 
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with
respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or 
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuer’s
expense), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  

 -94- 

 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails
to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring
Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding
replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its
corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized
under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has, together with its parent, a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its
most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust
Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b). 
 SECTION 7.11.
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the
conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
 SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuer’s exercise
under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their
obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid
and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in
(a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (a) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in
Section 8.04 hereof; 
  

 -95- 

 (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary
Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; 
 (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; and

 (d) this Section 8.02. 
 If the Issuer exercises under Section 8.01 the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an
Event of Default under clauses (3), (4), (5), (6) (solely with respect to a Significant Party), (7) (solely with respect to a Significant Party) and (8) of Section 6.01. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer
may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 SECTION 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions
set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.15 hereof and clauses (4), (5) and (6) of
Section 5.01(a) and Sections 5.01(c) and 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall
thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed
“outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the
Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason
of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the
remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) (solely with respect to the covenants that are released upon a Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6) (solely with respect to a Significant Party), 6.01(7) (solely with
respect to a Significant Party) and 6.01(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
  

 -96- 

 SECTION 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to
the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes: 
 (a) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal
amount of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be, of such principal amount, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes
are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date; 
 (b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, 
 (i) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 
 (ii) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 (c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be
subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (d) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in
connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit with respect to this Indenture; 
 (e)
such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or
any Restricted Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Restricted Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 
 (f) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any
Restricted Guarantor or others; and 
 (g) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have
been complied with. 
  

 -97- 

 SECTION 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions. Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the
“Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either
directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, Special
Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Issuer
shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other
than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article 8
to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would
then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 SECTION 8.06. Repayment to
Issuer. Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, or interest
on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee
thereof, shall thereupon cease. 
 SECTION 8.07. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States
dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application,
then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply
all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  

 -98- 

 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes.
Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; 
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Definitive Notes; 
 (3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof; 
 (4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders; 
 (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder in any material respect;

 (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any
Guarantor; 
 (7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture
under the Trust Indenture Act; 
 (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a
successor Trustee hereunder pursuant to the requirements hereof; 
 (9) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture; 

(10) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to the Exchange Notes except that
they are not freely tradeable; 
 (11) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision
of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the
Guarantees or the Notes; or 
 (12) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and
legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of such Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not
result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes. 
 Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the
terms of 

  

 -99- 

 
this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall have the right, but not
be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Opinion of Counsel shall not be required in connection with the
addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto. 
 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or
supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent
of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for the
Notes); provided that if any amendment, waiver or other modification would by its terms only affect the Senior Cash Pay Notes or the Senior Toggle Notes, such amendment, waiver or other modification shall only require the consent of the
holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Cash Pay Notes or Senior Toggle Notes, as the case may be (and not the consent of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Notes). Section 2.08
hereof, Section 2.09 hereof and Section 2.14 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the
Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 
 It shall not be necessary
for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a
notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or
waiver. 
 Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not, with respect to
any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder: 
 (a) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver; 
  

 -100- 

 (b) reduce the principal amount of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or
alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Note (other than provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof); 
 (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any such Note; 
 (d) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of
the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration) or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any
Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders; 
 (e) make any Note payable in money other
than that stated therein; 
 (f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or
the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes; 
 (g) make any change
in these amendment and waiver provisions; 
 (h) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or
interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 
 (i) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or 
 (j) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Significant Party in any manner adverse to the Holders
of the Notes. 
 SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall
be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies in all material respects with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note
or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note
if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any
amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to
such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date
unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained. 
  

 -101- 

 SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation
about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such
amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or
waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. None of the Issuer nor any Guarantor may sign an amendment, supplement or waiver
until the board of directors (or similar governing body) approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, upon request, and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in
relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this
Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies
with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Opinion of Counsel shall not be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor
and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto. 
 SECTION 9.07.
Payment for Consent. Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any
consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in
solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 ARTICLE 10 
 GUARANTEES 
 SECTION 10.01. Guarantee. Subject to this Article 10, each
of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and
assigns, that: (a) the principal of, interest and premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any, on the Notes, as well as all associated expenses, indemnification or otherwise, shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in
full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed
in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be
jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
  

 -102- 

 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the
validity, regularity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of Issuer hereunder or thereunder, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions
hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer or any Guarantor, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor
hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and
covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01. 
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other
similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed
hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations
guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and
(y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this
Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees. 
 Unless and until released in accordance with Section 10.06, each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should
any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the
Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in
amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In
the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored
or returned. 
 In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general
unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any. 
 Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or
nature. 
  

 -103- 

 SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes,
each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform
Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor
shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to
receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other
Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this
Indenture or a supplement indenture hereto in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, as the case may be, shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President, one of its Vice Presidents, one of its Assistant Vice Presidents or
an authorized partner or member in the case of non-corporate entities. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this
Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Issuer shall cause any newly created or acquired
Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable. 
 SECTION
10.04. Subrogation. Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01 hereof; provided that, if an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or
the Notes shall have been paid in full. 
 SECTION 10.05. Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive
direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
  

 -104- 

 SECTION 10.06. Release of Guarantees. A Guarantee by a Guarantor shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon: 
 (a) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale,
exchange or transfer) after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor which sale, exchange or transfer is made in a manner in compliance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture; 
 (B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Guarantor under the Senior Credit
Facilities or the guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under the guarantee of the Senior Credit Facilities; 
 (C) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or 
 (D) the exercise by the Issuer of its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 hereof or
the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and 
 (b) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 ARTICLE 11 
 SATISFACTION
AND DISCHARGE 
 SECTION 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further
effect as to all Notes, when either: 
 (a) all Notes issued hereunder heretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost,
stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has heretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (b) (A) all Notes not heretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a
notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and
at the expense, of the Issuer, and the Issuer or a Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government
Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not heretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for
principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 
 (B) no Default (other than that
resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have
occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and 

  

 -105- 

 
such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or
instrument governing Indebtedness (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (C) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at
maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Issuer shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (b) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall
survive. 
 SECTION 11.02. Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with
the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting
as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any, and Special Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such
money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any
money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuer has
made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, Special Interest, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment
from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 12 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 12.01.
Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 
 SECTION 12.02. Notices. Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and
delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Issuer and/or any Guarantor: 
 Ceridian Corporation 
 3311 East Old Shakopee Road 
 Minneapolis, MN 55425 
 Attention: Treasurer 
  

 -106- 

 with a copy to: 
 Ceridian Corporation 
 3311 East Old Shakopee Road 
 Minneapolis, MN 55425 
 Attention: Office of
the General Counsel 
 If to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 213 Court Street, Suite 703 
 Middletown, CT 06457 
 Attn: Corporate Trust
Services 
 The Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at
the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged, if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the
courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by
the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 SECTION 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act
Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c). 
  

 -107- 

 SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application
by the Issuer or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) An Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the
statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
 SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to
Section 4.04 hereof or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(e) and shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in
such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an
Officer’s Certificate, certificates of public officials or reports or opinions of experts as to matters of fact); and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 
 SECTION
12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 SECTION 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or
by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 SECTION 12.08. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 SECTION 12.09. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
  

 -108- 

 SECTION 12.10. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any
failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or
terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services. 
 SECTION 12.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt
agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 SECTION 12.12. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of
each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Sections 5.01(c)(1), 5.01(d), 5.02 and 10.06 hereof. 
 SECTION 12.13. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby. 
 SECTION 12.14. Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed
copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 SECTION 12.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict
any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 -109- 

			
	 CERIDIAN CORPORATION

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	ABR INFORMATION SERVICES, INC.
	ABR PROPERTIES, INC.
	CERIDIAN BENEFITS SERVICES, INC.
	CERIDIAN CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
	CERIDIAN RECRUITING SOLUTIONS, INC.
	CERIDIAN RETIREMENT PLAN SERVICES, INC.
	COMDATA NETWORK, INC.
	COMDATA NETWORK, INC. OF AUSTRALIA
	COMDATA NETWORK, INC. OF CALIFORNIA
	COMDATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS, INC.
	COMDATA STORED VALUE SOLUTIONS, INC.
	COMDATA TELECOMMUNCIATIONS SERVICES INC.
	INTERTAX, INC.
	FTB INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.
	SASH MANAGEMENT, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION AS TRUSTEE
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 S-2 

 EXHIBIT A-1 
 [Face of Senior Cash Pay Note] 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of
the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

 CUSIP [            ] 
 11 1/4% Senior Note due 2015 
  

			
	No.             	  	[$                    ]

 CERIDIAN CORPORATION 
 promises to pay to                      or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of
Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of                      Dollars
($                    )] on November 15, 2015. 
 Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2008 
 Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 

 

 A-1-2 

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
 Dated: [                    ] 
  

			
	 CERIDIAN CORPORATION

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 A-1-3 

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
 Dated:                      
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-1-4 

 [Back of Senior Cash Pay Note] 
 11 1/4% Senior Note due 2015 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in
the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 1. INTEREST. Ceridian
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Senior Note at a rate of 11 1/4% per annum in cash from November 9, 2007 until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest on this Senior Note semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on
May 15, 20081, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment
Date”), and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holder of record of this Senior Note on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1, commencing
on May 1, 20081 (each, a “Record Date”). Interest on this Senior Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest
has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including November 9, 20071. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the rate then applicable to this Senior Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate then applicable to this Senior Note. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay
interest on this Senior Note to the Person who is the registered Holder of this Senior Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Senior Note is canceled
after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set
forth in the Note Register of Holders, provided that [all cash payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, this Senior Note will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or
Holders thereof]2 [all cash payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, this Senior Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar
account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately
preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion)]3. Such payment shall be in such coin
or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  

	 1
	 With respect to Initial Senior Cash Pay Notes. 

  

	 2
	 Applicable if this Senior Note is represented by a Global Note is registered in the name of or held by DTC or its
nominee on the relevant record date. 

  

	 3
	 Applicable if this Senior Note is represented by certificated notes. 

  

 A-1-5 

 3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the
Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Senior Notes under an Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2007 (the “Indenture”), among the
Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. This Senior Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its Senior Notes due 2015. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to
Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The Senior Notes, the Senior Toggle Notes and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The terms of the Senior Notes include those
stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Senior Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the
Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Senior Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (a) Except as
described below under clauses 5(b), 5(c) and 5(d) hereof, the Senior Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuer’s option. 
 (b) At any
time prior to November 15, 2011, the Senior Notes may be redeemed or purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of Senior Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 (c) Until November 15, 2010, the Issuer may, at its option on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of Senior Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 111.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Senior Notes of record on the
relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50% of
the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption;
provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such
redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 (d) On and after November 15, 2011, the Issuer may redeem the Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages
of principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Senior Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due
on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15 of each of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2011
	  	105.625	%
	 2012
	  	102.813	%
	 2013 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  

 A-1-6 

 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture. 
 6. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of
redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with
Article 8 or Article 11 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Senior Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Senior Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of
the Senior Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on this Senior Note or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 7. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with Section 4.14
of the Indenture. In connection with certain Asset Sales, the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer as and when provided in accordance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture. 
 8. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Senior Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000. The transfer of Senior Notes may be registered and Senior Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Senior Note or portion of a Senior Note selected for redemption, except for the
unredeemed portion of any Senior Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Senior Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Senior Notes to be redeemed. 
 9. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Senior Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 10. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture. 

11. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be
due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice.
Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its
exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in
their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then 

  

 A-1-7 

 
outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture
except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting Holder. 
 12. AUTHENTICATION. This Senior Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. 
 13. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES. 
 14. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has
caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Senior Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on
the Senior Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Issuer at the following address: 
 Ceridian Corporation 
 3311 East Old Shakopee
Road 
 Minneapolis, MN 55425 
 Attention: General Counsel 
  

 A-1-8 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Senior Note, fill in the form below: 
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Senior Note to:
__________________________________________________ 
                 (Insert assignee’s legal name) 
   

  
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec.
or tax I.D. no.) 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this Senior Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date: ____________________ 
  

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Senior Note)

 Signature Guarantee*: ___________________________________________ 
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-1-9 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Senior Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box
below: 
  ̈  Section 4.10             ̈  Section 4.14 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Senior Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture,
state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $_________________ 
 Date: _________________ 
  

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Senior Note)

  

			
		
	Tax Identification No.:	 	 

 Signature Guarantee*: ___________________________________ 
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-1-10 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another
Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease
in Principal
Amount	  	Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal Amount
of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase	  	Signature of
authorized
officer
of Trustee or
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Senior Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-1-11 

 EXHIBIT A-2 
 [Face of Senior Toggle Note] 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of
the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [OID Legend] 
 THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH “ORIGINAL ISSUE
DISCOUNT” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1272, ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, THE ISSUER WILL PROMPTLY PROVIDE TO ANY HOLDER OF THE NOTE (1) THE ISSUE PRICE AND ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTE,
(2) THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON THE NOTE AND (3) THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE NOTE. SUCH REQUEST SHOULD BE SENT TO CERIDIAN CORPORATION, AT 3311 EAST OLD SHAKOPEE ROAD, MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55425, ATTN: CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER. 

 CUSIP [            ] 
 12 1/4% / 13% Senior Toggle Note due 2015 
  

			
	 No.             
	  	[$            ]

 CERIDIAN CORPORATION 
 promises to pay to              or registered assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note
attached hereto] [of              Dollars ($            )] on November 15, 2015. 
 Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2008 
 Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 
  

 A-2-2 

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
 Dated:                      
  

			
	CERIDIAN CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 A-2-3 

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
 Dated:                      
  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as
Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-2-4 

 [Back of Senior Toggle Note] 
 12 1/4%/13% Senior Toggle Note due 2015 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to
them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 1. INTEREST.
Ceridian Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Senior Toggle Note at a rate per annum set forth below from November 9, 2007 until maturity. The Issuer will
pay interest on this Senior Toggle Note semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on May 15, 20081,
or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. The Issuer will make each interest payment to
the Holder of record of this Senior Toggle Note on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1, commencing on May 1, 20081 (each,
a “Record Date”). Interest on this Senior Toggle Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including November 9, 20071. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time
to time on demand at the rate then applicable to this Senior Toggle Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace
periods) from time to time on demand at the rate then applicable to this Senior Toggle Note. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 For any interest period after May 15, 2008 and through November 15, 2011, the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on this Senior
Toggle Note (i) entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”), (ii) entirely by increasing the principal amount of this Senior Toggle Note or by issuing PIK Notes (“PIK Interest”) or (iii) 50% as Cash Interest
and 50% as PIK Interest (“Partial PIK Interest”). The Issuer must elect the form of interest payment with respect to each interest period by delivering a notice to the Trustee prior to the beginning of each interest period. The
Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the Holder of this Senior Toggle Note. In the absence of such an election for any interest period, interest on this Senior Toggle Note will be payable in the form of the interest payment for
the prior interest period. Interest for the first period commencing on the Issue Date shall be payable in cash. After November 15, 2011, the Issuer will make all interest payments on this Senior Toggle Note entirely in cash. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary, the payment of accrued interest in connection with any redemption of Senior Toggle Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 or 3.08 of the Indenture or in connection with any repurchase of the Senior Toggle Notes pursuant to
Sections 4.10, 4.14 or 3.09 of the Indenture shall be made solely in cash. 
 Cash
Interest on this Senior Toggle Note will accrue at the rate of 12 1/4% per annum. PIK Interest on this Senior Toggle Note
will accrue at the rate of 13% per annum and be payable [by increasing the principal amount of this Senior Toggle Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar)
(or, if necessary, pursuant to the requirements of the depositary or otherwise, to authenticate new Global Notes executed by the Issuer with 
  

	 1
	 With respect to Initial Senior Toggle Notes. 

 such increased principal amounts)]2 [by issuing PIK Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest whole
dollar) and the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes for original issuance to the Holder of this Senior Toggle Note on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the Note
Register].3 In the event the Issuer elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any interest period, each Holder will be entitled to receive Cash
Interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes held by such Holder on the relevant Record Date and PIK interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes held by such Holder on the relevant
Record Date. Following an increase in the principal amount of this Senior Toggle Note as a result of a PIK Payment, this Senior Toggle Note will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. Any PIK
Notes will be dated as of the applicable Interest Payment Date and will bear interest from and after such date. All PIK Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on November 15, 2015 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms,
provisions and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Senior Toggle Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any PIK Notes will be issued with the description “PIK” on the face of such PIK Note. 

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuer will pay interest on this Senior Toggle Note to the Person who
is the registered Holder of this Senior Toggle Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Senior Toggle Note is canceled after such record date and on or
before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Cash payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Note Register of
Holders, provided that [all cash payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, this Senior Toggle Note will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders
thereof]1 [all cash payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, this Senior Toggle Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar
account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately
preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion)]2. Such payment shall be in such coin
or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 3. PAYING
AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of
its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 4. INDENTURE. The Issuer issued the Senior Toggle Notes under an Indenture, dated
as of November 9, 2007 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. This Senior Toggle Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Issuer designated as its Senior Toggle Notes
due 2015. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to 
  

	 2
	 Applicable if this Senior Toggle Note is represented by a Global Note registered in the name of or held by DTC or its
nominee on the relevant record date. 

  

	 3
	 Applicable if this Senior Toggle Note is represented by certificated notes. 

  

 A-2-2 

 Section 2.01 of the Indenture. The Senior Toggle Notes, the Senior Cash Pay Notes and any Additional Notes issued
under the Indenture shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The terms of the Senior Toggle Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Senior Toggle Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of
this Senior Toggle Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
 (a) Except as described below under clauses 5(b), 5(c) and 5(d) hereof, the Senior Toggle Notes will not
be redeemable at the Issuer’s option. 
 (b) At any time prior to November 15, 2011, the Senior Toggle Notes may be redeemed or
purchased (by the Issuer or any other Person) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption (the
“Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of Senior Toggle Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 (c) Until November 15, 2010, the Issuer may, at its option on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior
Toggle Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 112.250% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Senior Toggle Notes of record on the
relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50% of
the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes originally issued under the Indenture and any Additional Senior Toggle Notes (but excluding PIK Notes) issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately
after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior
to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 (d) On and after November 15, 2011, the Issuer may redeem the Senior Toggle Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Senior Toggle Notes of record on the relevant Record
Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15 of each of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2011
	  	106.125	%
	 2012
	  	103.063	%
	 2013 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 (e) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture. 
  

 A-2-3 

 6. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, notice of redemption will be
mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or
Article 11 of the Indenture) to each Holder whose Senior Toggle Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Senior Toggle Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of
the Senior Toggle Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on this Senior Toggle Note or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 7. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with Section 4.14
of the Indenture. In connection with certain Asset Sales, the Issuer shall make an Asset Sale Offer as and when provided in accordance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture. 
 8. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Senior Toggle Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000; provided, however, that payments of PIK Interest (whether such interest is paid by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding notes or through the issuance of PIK Notes) shall be made in denominations of $1.00 and
integral multiples of $1.00 rounded up to the nearest whole dollar. The transfer of Senior Toggle Notes may be registered and Senior Toggle Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any
Senior Toggle Note or portion of a Senior Toggle Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Senior Toggle Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuer need not exchange or register the transfer of any Senior Toggle Notes
for a period of 15 days before a selection of Senior Toggle Notes to be redeemed. 
 9. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a
Senior Toggle Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 10. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or
the Senior Toggle Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture. 
 11. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default
relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal,
premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations,
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default (except a Default
relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on
behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a non-consenting
Holder. 
  

 A-2-4 

 12. AUTHENTICATION. This Senior Toggle Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or
be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. 
 13. GOVERNING LAW. THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES. 
 14. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant
to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Senior Toggle Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Senior Toggle Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests
may be made to the Issuer at the following address: 
 Ceridian Corporation 
 3311 East Old Shakopee Road 
 Minneapolis, MN
55425 
 Attention: General Counsel 
  

 A-2-5 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Senior Toggle Note, fill in the form below: 
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Senior Toggle Note to:
__________________________________________________________ 
                                         
                (Insert assignee’s legal name) 
   

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D.
no.) 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________________________________________________ to transfer this Senior Toggle Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
 Date: ______________________ 
  

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Senior Toggle Note)

 Signature Guarantee*: ____________________________________ 
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-2-6 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Senior Toggle Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the
appropriate box below: 
  ̈  Section 4.10             ̈  Section 4.14 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Senior Toggle Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the
Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
 $_______________ 
 Date: ____________________ 
  

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Senior Toggle Note)

  

			
		
	Tax Identification No.:	 	 
		 	

 Signature Guarantee*: ____________________________________ 
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-2-7 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another
Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note or increased for a PIK Payment, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of
Exchange or
PIK Payment
	  	Amount of
decrease
in Principal
Amount	  	Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease or
increase	  	Signature of
authorized
officer of
Trustee or
Custodian
		  		  		  		  	

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Senior Toggle Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-2-8 

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Ceridian Corporation 
 3311 East Old Shakopee Road 
 Minneapolis, MN 55425 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 213 Court Street, Suite 703 
 Middletown, CT 06457 
 Attn: Corporate Trust Services 
 Re: [12 1/4%/13% Senior Toggle Notes due 2015] 
 [11 1/4% Senior Notes due 2015]               
 Reference is hereby made to the Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2007 (the “Indenture”), between Ceridian Corporation and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 _______________ (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or
interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $______ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to __________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In
connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
 1.  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT
DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor
hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more
accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule
144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2.  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was
originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or
through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts
have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and
(iv) if the 

 
proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on
Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 3.  ̈ CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL
TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor
hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Issuer or a subsidiary thereof; 
 or 
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. 
 4.  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN
UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. 
 (a)  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144.
(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (b)  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION
S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of
any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  

 B-2 

 (c)  ̈ CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER
EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in
the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  

 B-3 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the
Issuer. 
  

			
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     
  

 B-4 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP: [—]]), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP: [—]]), or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

  

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE]

  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note ([CUSIP:             ]), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP:                 ]), or

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note,
([                    ] [            ]); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  

 B-5 

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Ceridian Corporation 
 3311 East Old Shakopee Road 
 Minneapolis, MN 55425 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 213 Court Street, Suite 703 
 Middletown, CT 06457 
 Attn: Corporate Trust Services 
  

	 	 Re:
	 [12 1/4%/13% Senior Toggle Notes due 2015] 

	 	     
	 [11 1/4% Senior Notes due 2015] 

 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2007
(the “Indenture”), among Ceridian Corporation, the guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
              (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s]
or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $             in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the
Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE
FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES 
 a)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own
account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 b)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 c)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE
NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 d)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with
the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES OR
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES 
 a)  ̈ CHECK IF
EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note
of the same series with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities
Act. 
 b)  ̈ CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [    ] 144A Global Note [    ]
Regulation S Global Note of the same series, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been
effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant
Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 C-2 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the
Issuer and are dated                     . 
  

			
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     
  

 C-3 

 EXHIBIT D 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS] 
 Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                    , among
                     (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Ceridian Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the
“Issuer”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H

 WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an
Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 9, 2007, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 12 1/4%/13% Senior Toggle Notes due 2015 (the “Senior Toggle Notes”) and 11 1/4%
Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Senior Cash Pay Notes” and together with the Senior Toggle Notes, the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall
unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties
mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 (1) Capitalized Terms.
Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 (2) Agreement to
Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows: 
 (a) Along with all other Guarantors named in the Indenture (including
pursuant to any supplemental indentures), to jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, that: 
 (i) the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or
performed, all in accordance with the terms thereof; and 
 (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any
Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of
any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of
collection. 

 (b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof,
the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer or any other Guarantor, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. 
 (c) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby waives: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or
bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. 
 (d) This
Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations applicable to a Guarantor under the
Indenture, including Article X of the Indenture (which is deemed incorporated in this Supplemental Indenture and applicable to this Guarantee) and, as applicable, Sections 5.01(c) and (d) and Section 5.02 of the Indenture. The Guaranteeing
Subsidiary acknowledges that by executing this Supplemental Indenture, it will become a Guarantor under the Indenture and subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to Guarantors contained therein. 
 (e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary),
or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be
reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the
Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. 
 (g) As between the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee,
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the
Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary for the purpose of this Guarantee. 
 (h) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Guarantee. 

(i) Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any
applicable bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor
under Article 10 of the Indenture, this new Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

  

 D-2 

 (j) Until released in accordance with Section 10.06 of the Indenture and Section 5 hereof, this
Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors
or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and
performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent
transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be
reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 
 (k) In case any provision of
this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 (l) This Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guaranteeing Subsidiary, ranking pari passu in right of payment
with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, if any. 
 (m) Each payment to be made by the Guaranteeing
Subsidiary in respect of this Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature. 
 (3)
Execution and Delivery. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 (4) Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 
 (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind
up into (whether or not the Guaranteeing Subsidiary is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any
Person. 
 (b) In the case of clause (1) of Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be
substituted for, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Indenture and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to
another Restricted Guarantor or the Issuer. 
 (c) Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01 of the Indenture, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Issuer or
such Restricted Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger,
sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of the Indenture referring to the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, as applicable, shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor,
as applicable), and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer or such Restricted Guarantor, as applicable, under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer or a Restricted Guarantor, as
applicable, herein; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of
the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 of the Indenture. 
  

 D-3 

 (5) Releases. The Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Issuer or the Trustee is required for the release of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee, upon satisfaction of all of the conditions set
forth in Section 10.06 of the Indenture. 
 (6) No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer,
employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or
this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for issuance of the Notes. 
 (7) Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 (8) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 (9) Effect of Headings. The Section
headings herein have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 (10) The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary. 
 (11) Subrogation. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 hereof
and Section 10.01 of the Indenture; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of
subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. 
 (12)
Benefits Acknowledged. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the
financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 (13) Successors. All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise
provided in Sections 5.01(c)(1), 5.01(d), 5.02 and 10.06 of the Indenture or elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors. 
  

 D-4 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all
as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 D-5

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00145-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00145-of-00352.parquet"}]]